hse specification - hse training - · web viewhealth, safety and environment specification hse...

325
Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012 Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C. Document Title: Health, Safety and Environment Specification HSE Training Document ID SP-HSE-1157 Document Type Specification Security Restricted Discipline Learning and Development Document Owner HLD - Head of Learning & Development Month and Year of Issue February 2012 Page 1 of SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12 The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are

Upload: dinhnguyet

Post on 12-Mar-2018

271 views

Category:

Documents


8 download

TRANSCRIPT

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Petroleum Development Oman L.L.C.

Document Title: Health, Safety and Environment Specification

HSE Training

Document ID SP-HSE-1157

Document Type Specification

Security Restricted

Discipline Learning and Development

Document Owner HLD - Head of Learning & Development

Month and Year of Issue February 2012

Version 1.1

Keywords HSE, Training, Courses

Page 1 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Page 2 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Copyright: This document is the property of Petroleum Development Oman, LLC. Neither the whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to others or reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form by any means (electronic, mechanical, reprographic recording or otherwise) without prior written consent of the owner.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Document Authorisation

Revision HistoryThe following is a brief summary of the four most recent revisions to this document. Details of all revisions prior to these are held on file by the Document Custodian.

Version No. Month & Year Author’s Name and Title Scope / Remarks

Revision 6 June 2006 Ian Riddell

Corporate Adviser, HSE Training & Competence

Editorial changes.

Revision 7 October 2009 Ian Bowen

Corporate Adviser, HSE Training & Competence

Major revisions and changes:

‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladders introduced. In-field performance assessments introduced. Minimum working time before further HSE training. Revised suite of HSE courses and specifications. ATP Approvals Process changed. HSE Trainer criteria changed.

1.0 January 2012 Ian Bowen

Corporate Adviser, HSE Training & Competence

Rewritten SP 1157 revision 7 which is now retired. The current document aligns fully with the revised CP-122 And contains specifications only.

1.1 February 2012 Ian Bowen

Corporate Adviser, HSE Training & Competence

Minor typographical amendments on Pages 11, 62, 64,66, 112, 169 and 186

Page 3 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

User Notes:1. The requirements of this document are mandatory. Non-compliance shall only be authorised by a designated authority

through STEP-OUT approval as described in this document.

2. A controlled copy of the current version of this document is on PDO's live link. Before making reference to this document, it is the user's responsibility to ensure that any hard copy, or electronic copy, is current. For assistance, contact the Document Custodian.

3. Users are encouraged to participate in the ongoing improvement of this document by providing constructive feedback.

Related Business Processes & CMF Documents

Related Business Processes

Code Business Process (EPBM 4.0)

CP 122 HSE Management System Manual

Parent Document(s)

Doc. No. Document Title

PR 1172 Part I Contract HSE Management Part I – Mandatory for PDO personnel involved in Contract Management

PR 1172 Part II Contract HSE Management Part II – Mandatory for Contractors and Contract Holders

PR 2010 Part I HSE Training selection and monitoring compliance

PR 2010 Part II HSE Training Provision – Approvals and QA Procedure

Other Related CMF Document(s)

Doc. No. Document Title

SP 1251 Training requirement for lifting operations personnel

GU 673 Core HSE Assessment system

Page 4 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

The related CMF Documents can be retrieved from the Corporate Business Control Documentation Register CMF.

Page 5 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTSDOCUMENT AUTHORISATION..................................................................................................3REVISION HISTORY.............................................................................................3RELATED BUSINESS PROCESSES & CMF DOCUMENTS...........................................41.0 INTRODUCTION.........................................................................................8

1.1 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES................................................................................................81.2 SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY................................................................................................81.3 REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT...............................................................................................81.4 DISTRIBUTION.................................................................................................................92.0 COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS.............................................................................................9

2.1 General.......................................................................................................................................................92.2 Attendance Classification.........................................................................................................................102.3 Course Levels............................................................................................................................................102.4 Course Delegate categories......................................................................................................................102.5 ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladders..................................................................................................................112.6 HSE Course, Recertification and Reassessment Specifications...............................................................14

APPENDIX A – SPECIFICATIONS: LEVEL 1 HSE TRAINING COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS.................................................................................................16

(CHA) CHEMICAL HAZARD AWARENESS COURSE..........................................................................16(CHAR) CHEMICAL HAZARD AWARENESS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT..............................................18(DHR) DEALING WITH HAZARDS & RISKS COURSE........................................................................20(DHRR) DEALING WITH HAZARDS & RISKS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...........................................22(EA) ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS COURSE................................................................................24(EAR) ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...................................................26(FW) FIRE WARDEN COURSE....................................................................................................28(FWR) FIRE WARDEN SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT.......................................................................30(H2S) H2S AWARENESS AND ESCAPE COURSE............................................................................32(H2SR) H2S AWARENESS AND ESCAPE SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION.............................................34(HRA) HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT COURSE.................................................................................36(HRAR) HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT.....................................................38(IFR) INITIAL FIRE RESPONSE COURSE........................................................................................40(IFRR) INITIAL FIRE RESPONSE SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...........................................................42(IND) HSE INDUCTION COURSE................................................................................................44(INDP) HSE INDUCTION, SITE-SPECIFIC COURSE...........................................................................46(NORMA) NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL AWARENESS COURSE..............................48(NORMAR) NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL AWARENESS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT. 50(SCBA) SELF-CONTAINED BREATHING APPARATUS & CONFINED SPACE RESCUE COURSE.....................52(SCBAR) SCBA & CONFINED SPACE RESCUE SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION.....................................54

APPENDIX B – LEVEL 1 (HSE) AHA 1ST AID FOUNDATION AND RECERTIFICATION COURSES.........................................................................................................56

(AHAF) AHA HEARTSAVER 1ST AID, CPR & AED FOUNDATION COURSE.........................................56(AHAR) AHA HEARTSAVER FIRST AID, CPR & AED SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION............................58

APPENDIX C - LEVEL 1 DEFENSIVE DRIVING (HSE) COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS 60(DD01) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, LIGHT VEHICLES, BLACKTOP ROADS..................................................60(DD02) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, HEAVY VEHICLES, BLACKTOP ROADS.................................................62(DD03) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, GRADED ROADS............................................................................64(DD04) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, BULK TANKERS, LIGHT & HEAVY COURSE...........................................66

Page 6 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

(DD05) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, BUSES, LIGHT & HEAVY COURSE......................................................68(DD06) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, RECERTIFICATION...........................................................................70(DD07) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, PDO STAFF FAMILIES, BLACKTOP ROADS.............................................72(DD08) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, AMBULANCE DRIVERS.....................................................................74(DD09) DEFENSIVE DRIVING, F&RS EMERGENCY VEHICLE DRIVER..................................................76

APPENDIX D – LEVEL 1 (HSE) LIFTING & HOISTING LEVEL COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS.................................................................................................78

(FLOP) FORKLIFT TRUCK OPERATOR COURSE..............................................................................78(FLOPR) FORKLIFT TRUCK OPERATOR SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT..................................................80(HIAB) SELF-LOADER CRANE OPERATOR COURSE.........................................................................82(HIABR) SELF-LOADER CRANE OPERATOR SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT............................................84(MCOP) MOBILE CRANE OPERATOR COURSE..............................................................................86(MCOPR) MOBILE CRANE OPERATOR SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT.................................................88(MEWP) MOBILE ELEVATING WORK PLATFORM OPERATOR COURSE.................................................90(MEWPR) MOBILE ELEVATING WORK PLATFORM OPERATOR, SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT....................92(OTCO) OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANE OPERATOR COURSE..........................................................94(OTCOR) OVERHEAD TRAVELLING CRANE OPERATOR SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT.............................96(RNB) RIGGERS AND BANKSMAN COURSE...................................................................................98(RNBR) RIGGERS AND BANKSMAN SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT....................................................100(SBTO) SIDE BOOM TRACTOR OPERATOR COURSE.....................................................................102(SBTOR) SIDE BOOM TRACTOR OPERATOR SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT........................................104

APPENDIX E – LEVEL 2 HSE COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS.................................106(AGT) AUTHORISED GAS TESTER COURSE.................................................................................106(AGTR) AUTHORISED GAS TESTER SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION..................................................110(CHAS) CHEMICAL HANDLING AWARENESS FOR SUPERVISORS COURSE..........................................112(CHASR) CHEMICAL HANDLING AWARENESS FOR SUPERVISORS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT..............114(CMC) COACHING, MENTORING & PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT COURSE.........................................116(CMCR) COACHING, MENTORING & PERFORMANCE ASSESSMENT SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT............118(HTS) HSE TOOLS AND SKILLS COURSE...................................................................................120(HTSR) HSE TOOLS AND SKILLS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT......................................................122(IAI) INCIDENT AND ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION COURSE...............................................................124(IAIR) INCIDENT AND ACCIDENT INVESTIGATION SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...................................126(NORMS) NATURALLY OCCURRING RADIOACTIVE MATERIAL FOR SUPERVISORS COURSE...................128(NORMSR) NORM FOR SUPERVISORS SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...............................................130(PSO) PROCESS SAFETY ORIENTATION COURSE.........................................................................132(PSOR) PROCESS SAFETY ORIENTATION SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT.............................................134(PTWA) PERMIT TO WORK AUDITORS COURSE...........................................................................136(PTWAR) PERMIT TO WORK AUDITORS SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION............................................138(PTWH) PERMIT TO WORK HOLDERS COURSE...........................................................................140(PTWHR) PERMIT TO WORK HOLDERS SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION............................................142(PTWS) PERMIT TO WORK SIGNATORIES COURSE.......................................................................144(PTWSR) PERMIT TO WORK SIGNATORIES SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION........................................146(SCAP) SCAFFOLD APPRECIATION COURSE...............................................................................148(SCAPR) SCAFFOLD APPRECIATION SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT...................................................150(SCIN) SCAFFOLD INSPECTOR COURSE.....................................................................................152(SCINR) SCAFFOLD INSPECTORS SCHEDULED RECERTIFICATION.....................................................154(SLE) SAFETY LEADERSHIP FOR EXECUTIVES..............................................................................156(SLM) SAFETY LEADERSHIP FOR MANAGERS WORKSHOP..............................................................158(SLOT) SUPERVISOR LIFTING OPERATIONS TRAINING COURSE.......................................................160(SLOTR) SUPERVISOR LIFTING OPERATIONS TRAINING SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT..........................162(SLR) SAFETY LEADERSHIP SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT WORKSHOP...............................................164(SLS) SAFETY LEADERSHIP FOR SUPERVISORS WORKSHOP............................................................166

Page 7 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

APPENDIX F – LEVEL 2 DEFENSIVE DRIVING (HSE) COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS168(SJM) SAFE JOURNEY MANAGER COURSE...................................................................................168(SJMR) SAFE JOURNEY MANAGER SCHEDULED REASSESSMENT......................................................170

APPENDIX G – LEVEL 3 HSE COURSES..............................................................172(IOSHM) IOSH MANAGING SAFELY COURSE.............................................................................172(NEBCCS) NEBOSH INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE IN CONSTRUCTION HEALTH & SAFETY COURSE.......174(NEBEMC) LEVEL 3 NEBOSH NATIONAL CERTIFICATE IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COURSE.....176(NEBEMD) LEVEL 5 NEBOSH DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COURSE........................180(NEBHSA) NEBOSH HEALTH & SAFETY AT WORK QUALIFICATION COURSE....................................182(NEBHSC) NEBOSH INTERNATIONAL CERTIFICATE IN OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH COURSE......184(NEBHSD) LEVEL 6 NEBOSH DIPLOMA IN OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH COURSE....................186(NEBHW ) NEBOSH CERTIFICATE IN MANAGEMENT OF HEALTH & WELL-BEING AT WORK COURSE.....190(NEBTOGS) NEBOSH INTERNATIONAL TECH. CERTIFICATE IN OIL AND GAS OPERATIONAL SAFETY COURSE..............................................................................................................................192(NVQ3LDA) NVQ LEVEL 3 AWARD IN LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT...............................................194(NVQ3LDC) NVQ LEVEL 3 CERTIFICATE IN LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT........................................196(NVQ3OSH) NVQ LEVEL 3 IN OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH...............................................198(NVQ3VAA) NVQ LEVEL 3 VOCATIONAL ASSESSOR AWARD.......................................................200(NVQ4LDD) NVQ LEVEL 4 DIPLOMA IN LEARNING & DEVELOPMENT............................................202(NVQ4VAC) NVQ LEVEL 4 VOCATIONAL ASSESSOR CERTIFICATE COURSE.....................................204(NVQ5HSD) NVQ LEVEL 5 DIPLOMA IN OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY.....................................206(TPB) TRIPOD BETA PRACTITIONER..........................................................................................208

APPENDIX H – TECHNICAL REFERENCES RELATING TO COURSES AND ASSESSMENTS IN SP 1157..............................................................................210

TABLE A1 – COMPANY REFERENCE DOCUMENTS.........................................................................210Table A2 – Publicly Available Reference documents........................................................213

Page 8 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1.0 Introduction

1.1 Purpose and ObjectivesPDO needs to ensure all those working for it are properly trained. HSE training provides sufficient HSE knowledge and understanding, at an awareness level, of the common workplace hazards, risks and controls to keep people safe at work. This specification document sets out the essential criteria that the HSE courses and HSE performance assessments must be designed to meet, the people that need to attend them, when, and the specific minimum performance that is required of them.

1.2 Scope and ApplicabilityPDO’s HSE Training courses and assessments may only be delivered in Company Approved HSE Training Institutes or by PDO contracting companies Approved to deliver some or all of PDO’s HSE courses and assessments in-house. All those organisations Approved by PDO to do so are known as Approved Training Providers (ATPs). The training and assessments may be conducted at other locations by ATPs that meet the requirements for temporary teaching spaces. Training may be delivered at the coast, or in the interior within the concession area. All HSE courses specify the target population, whether company or contractor staff.

1.3 Review and ImprovementThis whole specification document will be reviewed at least every 4 years to ensure it continues to meet company HSE training and performance assessment needs.

Reviews of individual course and performance assessment specifications will be carried out annually, jointly by:

Company’s HSE Training Services Contractor (HSE TSC),

Nominated Technical Authorities (TAs),

Their Corporate Function Discipline Head (CFDH).

The individual reviews will be co-ordinated by the Corporate Adviser on HSE Training and Competence (HLD8).

Any amendment thought necessary will be:

Specified by the appropriate TA,

Prepared and designed by the HSE TSC,

Approved by the appropriate TA,

Translated by the HSE TSC

Inserted as an amendment to the Specifications document by HLD8.

If more than 25% of the courses require amendment to their specifications after an annual review, the entire document will be reviewed at that time.

Page 9 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1.4 Distribution

The following groups will be advised by email of any revision to this document, either directly or through their contract holder. An electronic link to the revised document will be included in the advisory email to enable viewing or download.

PDO Heads of Corporate MSE and Learning & Development, the HLD8 HSE Training team,

PDO & Contractor Line and Functional HSE Advisers/Managers, and HSE Training focal points

PDO HSE Training course Technical Authorities and their respective CFDH’s.

PDO Contract Holders

PDO Approved HSE Training Providers (commercial)

Contracting companies approved to deliver PDO HSE courses in-house to their own staff.

PDO and Contractor Skill pool managers

PDO’s HSE Training Services Contractor.

PDO’s 1st Aid Training Services Contractor.

PDO’s Defensive Driving Training Contractor.

PDO’s Defensive Driving Assessment Contractor.

All other PDO staff will be advised of revisions to the document via a News List announcement using the Company’s intranet. The notice will include an electronic link to the revised document for viewing or download.

2.0 Compliance Requirements

2.1 GeneralThe principles applied to the provision of HSE training and performance assessment are:

to fulfill the Company’s legal and HSE Management System obligations towards the people working for it with respect to hazards and risks that are commonly found at work,

to provide sufficient awareness level knowledge, understanding and basic skills concerning Company hazard and risk controls that will enable the people that work for it to stay safe at work,

through a post-training and scheduled HSE performance assessment system, assure that the minimum HSE performance standards are being maintained by people working for the Company, and

to offer HSE professional HSE qualification development opportunities to Company staff that require them as part of their professional development within the Company.

Page 10 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

2.2 Attendance ClassificationEach course, recertification or reassessment is given one of three attendance classifications – Compulsory, Mandatory or Recommended.

Compulsory means – must be attended before being deployed to carry out the designated role, i.e. immediately.

Mandatory means – must be attended within a maximum of 2 months of being given the designated role or responsibility for a specific task related activity.

Recommended means – a highly desirable event for the target population that develops their professional HSE capability, and offers potential organisational benefit.

2.3 Course LevelsHSE courses and assessments are listed in groups - Levels 1, 2 and 3. The levels reflect the expected learning capability of the people that need to attend (target population) and the general nature and pace of delivery.

Each individual course, re-certification or reassessment has a specification that describes:

Course, Recertification or Reassessent Title and Code, Aim and Objectives

The attendance classification (i.e. Compulsory, Mandatory or Recommended)

Essential syllabus components

Duration (actual training or assessment hours)

Maximum recertification / reassessment interval (years)

Delivery language(s)

Target population,

Minimum and maximum delegate numbers

Course attendance pre-requisites

Minimum performance criteria

The PDO HSE Management System documents that relate to the course.

2.4 Course Delegate categoriesThe people attending courses or assessment events are referred to as delegates.

Delegates fall into one of four categories for HSE training purposes, non-supervisory, supervisory, management or Executive.

Executive delegates are those who ‘are members of the organisation’s most senior management team or a nominated executive’s deputy who, when deputising, has full executive authority’.

Managers are those who ‘supervise the work of at least one other supervisor or manager’.

Supervisors are those who ‘supervise the work of at least one other person’.

Non-supervisory staff are those whose role does not include any of the above.

Page 11 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

A person’s training delegate category may be different to that suggested by their actual job title.

Example 1: An office administrator is given responsibility for Safe Journey Management as part of his job. SJM involves the supervision of others (drivers) at work. The administrator is categorized as a Supervisor, for HSE training purposes.

Example 2: A charge-hand in a construction operation, co-ordinates the work of a team of construction workers on site. The charge-hand is categorized as a Supervisor, for HSE training purposes.

Example 3: A General Manager is given responsibility to act as CEO, in the CEO’s absence from the Company. Both the CEO and the General Manager are categorized as ‘Executives’ for HSE training purposes.

Example 4: An office-based project co-ordinator directs, controls and receives regular reports from the site manager, the site project manager and the site supervisors. The office-based project co-ordinator is categorized as a ‘Manager’ for HSE training purposes.

2.5 ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladders 2.5.1 The appropriate post-training ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladder course assessments are Compulsory

for newly hired staff, and all must achieve the stated minimum assessed performance before their deployment to the workplace.

2.5.2 The procedure for selecting the appropriate courses is set out in PR 2010 Part I - HSE Training Selection and Compliance Monitoring.

2.5.3 Whenever equivalent prior training can be claimed, staff should select performance assessment only, although assessment has traditionally only occurred after attendance on a training course. The procedure for submitting delegates directly for performance assessment against claimed equivalent prior training is contained in Document PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection, and compliance monitoring.

2.5.4 Two ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladders exist – one for non-supervisory staff, and the other for all staff who have a supervisory, management or executive role. The ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladder Course Codes are listed in Table 1 below and each ‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladder is shown in a simple flow chart on page 14.

2.5.4 ‘Core’ HSE courses and their assessments are designed to produce performance, initially at ‘Awareness’ level in PDO’s HSE competence matrix.

2.5.5 Other HSE courses may address some or all elements at higher levels in PDO’s HSE competence matrix (i.e. Knowledge Level and/or Skill Level).

Level 1 and 2 HSE coursesA suite of HSE courses and recertification or reassessment events are provided to address specific activity related to hazards, risks and controls. These events are provided to align with Company’s HSE MS, Procedures and Specifications requirements associated with specific activity types. They add to the HSE development of the delegate. Nomination for, and attendance on them is role related.

Professional Qualifications (Level 3) HSE courses & programsThese courses are externally accredited, more lengthy courses, requiring either formal examination of the delegate or comprehensive evidence production that is assessed. The courses lead to Internationally recognised professional qualifications associated with HSE. These courses form part of the HSE development learning ladders for specific groups of Company staff, and for PDO Approved HSE Training staff.

Page 12 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Time-scheduled re-assessment or re-certificationRe-assessment of the minimum required performance related to a specific HSE course will be conducted at a PDO Approved Training Provider’s (ATP’s) Assessment Centre at or before the specified re-certification or re-assessment interval. The Company’s HSE Training Services Contractor shall conduct all assessments on PDO staff other than the workplace assessments conducted 3 months after Core HSE Training. Any PDO Approved Training & Assessment Provider (ATP) may conduct any of the assessments for Contractor staff, other than the workplace assessments conducted 3 months after Core HSE Training .

2.5.6 All ATP and workplace based Core HSE assessments within the Company and contracting companies will be externally verified on a regular basis by Company-led HSE Training Quality Assurance staff to ensure all assessments being are conducted and recorded appropriately.

Explanatory key and Notes for Table 1 * H2S course attendance is role related,

o i.e. if delegate’s expected deployment will place them in a designated H2S zone.

Space below deliberately left blank

Page 13 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Table 1 – Core HSE Training Course Codes

Course TitleNon-

supervisory staff

Supervisory, Management & Executive Staff

HSE Induction IND INDInitial Fire Response IFR IFRDealing with Hazards & Risks DHRHSE Tools & Skills HTSH2S Awareness & Escape* H2S H2SSafety Leadership for Supervisors SLS orSafety leadership for Managers SLM orSafety Leadership for Executives SLE(On deployment) HSE Induction site-specific INDP INDP

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

The Core HSE Learning Ladders

Page 14 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Non-Supervisory staff

Supervisory & Managerial staffWithin max. 7 days of new hire’s Start date

Day 4 a.m.(H2S) [if required]H2S permit issued

Day 2(DHR)

HSE Passport issued

Day 1

(IFR)

Day 1 (IND)

Can be deployed to workplace

PDO staff (INDP)

Can be deployed to workplace

SUPERVISORSDays 6, 7 & 8

(SLS)HSE Passport & if required,

H2S permit issued

MANAGERSDays 6 & 7

(SLM)HSE Passport & if required,

H2S permit issued

EXECUTIVESWithin max. 3 months

(SLE)

Day 5

(CMC)

Within max. 7 days of new hire’s Start

Day 1

(IND)

Day 1

(IFR)

Days 3 & 4

(HSE TS)

Day 2 a.m.

(H2S) if required

Can be deployed to workplace

HSE Passport and, if required, H2S permit issued

EXECUTIVES

3 months after being hired, reassessment of Core HSE performance by Supervisor or Line Manager in the workplace.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

2.6 HSE Course, Recertification and Reassessment Specifications2.6.1 The detailed and definitive specifications for each type of HSE training course, recertification or

reassessment are listed in Appendices A to F inclusive.

2.6.2 The specifications contain all the required information that is necessary to either design a course and its materials, select the appropriate course, or prepare for course or assessment attendance.

2.6.3 The minimum delegate performance requirements are stated so that trainers, assessors and delegates will know exactly what is required of them.

2.6.4 The detailed specifications in this document should always be used as the reference standard. They will be reviewed annually to ensure each reflects the Company’s business and HSE needs, and that they remain current.

The space below deliberately left blank

Page 15 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

This page left blank deliberately

Page 16 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix A – Specifications: Level 1 HSE Training Courses and Assessments.

Course Title:

(CHA) Chemical Hazard Awareness courseCourse Aim:

Be able to control, the potential safety and health hazards or environmental damage arising from the transport, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals.

Course Objectives 1. Identify the hazardous chemical class from signs, symbols and labels.2. Describe the safety, Health and environmental hazards of commonly occurring hazardous

chemicals.3. Apply safety handling data in the SHOC system.

Essential CHA Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Classification, labelling and marking of Chemical Substances and Preparations2. Routes of Entry into the body.3. Material Safety Data Sheets/SHOC/TREM cards4. Safe systems of work & Personal Protective Equipment5. Transport, Use, Storage, and Disposal of hazardous substances6. Legislative responsibilities (Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of

Chemicals)

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Three (3) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Chemical Hazard Awareness

CHA

Non-supervisory PDO & Contractor Drivers & Operational staff who are required to handle or transport hazardous chemicals as part of their work.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for CHA training Safety Footwear Current, Valid HSE passport (IND) HSE InductionCoverall or working clothing ID / residency Card. (IFR) Initial Fire ResponseHard hat & GP gloves (INDP) HSE Induction site-spcfc (DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

Page 17 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CHA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. Correctly identify and describe the class of a hazardous chemical when shown signs, symbols and labels.

2. Correctly explain the four routes of exposure to hazardous chemicals.3. Correctly explain the safety, health and environmental hazards of 5 common hazardous

chemicals.4. Correctly explain the hazard control procedures and associated activities applicable to chemical

transport, handling, storage and disposal.5. During a simulated spill or release of a hazardous chemical demonstrate you can find information

concerning the chemicals and hazards involved from the available information, and can carry out the correct emergency action procedures

6. Given an assortment of marked and labelled packages/containers of hazardous chemicals, demonstrate you understand and can use the segregation rules for incompatible chemicals, and explain why the rules have been made.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CHA course:SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and

compliance monitoringGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system SP 1194 - HSE Specification Chemical

ManagementOther reference documents related to the CHA course

Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals

Page 18 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(CHAR) Chemical Hazard Awareness scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm previously trained staff remain able to control, the potential safety and health hazards or environmental damage arising from the transport, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegate’s ability to identify the hazardous chemical class from signs, symbols and

labels.2. Confirm delegate’s ability to describe the safety, Health and environmental hazards of commonly

occurring hazardous chemicals.3. Confirm delegate’s ability to apply safety handling date in SHOC system.

Essential CHAR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Classification, labelling and marking of Chemical Substances and Preparations2. Routes of Entry into the body.3. Material Safety Data Sheets/SHOC/TREM cards4. Safe systems of work & Personal Protective Equipment5. Transport, Use, Storage, and Disposal of hazardous substances6. Legislative responsibilities (Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of

Chemicals)

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years One (1) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Chemical Hazard Awareness

CHA

Previously CHA trained non-supervisory PDO & Contractor Drivers & Operational staff who are required to handle or transport hazardous chemicals as part of their work.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for CHAR Assessment Safety Footwear Current, Valid HSE passport (IND) HSE InductionCoverall or working clothing ID / residency Card. (IFR) Initial Fire ResponseHard hat & GP gloves (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific(CHA) Chemical Hazard Awareness (DHR) Dealing with Hazards and Risks

Page 19 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CHAR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly identify and describe the class of a hazardous chemical when shown signs, symbols and labels.2. Correctly explain the four routes of exposure to hazardous chemicals.3. Correctly explain the safety, health and environmental hazards of 5 common hazardous chemicals.4. Correctly explain the hazard control procedures and associated activities applicable to chemical transport,

handling, storage and disposal.5. During a simulated spill or release of a hazardous chemical demonstrate you can find information concerning

the chemicals and hazards involved from the available information, and can carry out the correct emergency action procedures

6. Given an assortment of marked and labelled packages/containers of hazardous chemicals, demonstrate you understand and can use the segregation rules for incompatible chemicals, and explain why the rules have been made.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CHAR assessment:SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and

compliance monitoringGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system SP 1194 - HSE Specification Chemical

ManagementOther reference documents related to the CHAR Assessment

Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals

Page 20 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks courseCourse Aim:

To provide non-supervisory staff with an introduction to hazard identification, risk assessment and awareness of the commonly used controls in the workplace, and to identify and develop safe behaviours at work.

Course Objectives 1. Recognise and explain the relationship and differences between hazards, risks, and controls.2. Identify hazards and be able to communicate about them.3. Carry out a HEMP exercise on an activity, as a member of a team4. Develop the knowledge, understanding and application of the STOP card, its completion and

recording. Essential DHR Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Corporate Rules, why and where they exist.2. Company expectations of its work force3. HEMP and the core ‘Bow-tie’ concept in risk assessment.4. Categories of hazards5. Identification of Hazards – the process6. Control Measures – The hierarchy and recording of controls to manage worksite hazards7. Method statements and their use in managing HSE8. Roles and responsibilities within the PTW system9. The TRIC and JHA document and their use within Tool Box Talks.10. Recognising and Stopping unsafe behaviours and/or work – intervening with other people.11. Carrying out STOP observations, content of STOP cards and reporting.Max. Course Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Dealing with Hazards & Risks

DHRNewly hired, seconded or transferred

staff into PDO & newly hired contractor personnel

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DHR training Safety Footwear & Hard hat Valid, current HSE passport (IND) HSE InductionCoverall or working clothing Current, valid ROP issued ID / res. Card. (IFR) Initial Fire Response

Page 21 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DHR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Accurately identify each of the 12 Life-Saving Rules when shown each icon.2. Recount the Golden Rules with 100% accuracy.3. Explain accurately who is authorised to stop work, under what circumstances, and what action

may be taken afterwards.4. Using photographs, real or simulated workplace activities identify 6 common workplace hazards,

the risks associated with each, and the appropriate controls including PPE.5. Demonstrate your ability to recognise all unsafe work/behaviour from observed activities in a

real or simulated workplace, photographs or video.6. Explain accurately the role and responsibilities of the work team members, permit holder, and

area authority within the PTW system.7. Correctly identify at least 2 documents that might be attached to a PDO PTW.8. Participate effectively in a simulated TBT that uses a TRIC card, demonstrating your ability to

contribute meaningfully to the discussion.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DHR course:

CP 122 - PDO HSE Management System PR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II Company Procedure

PR 1172 - Permit to Work Procedure PR 1078 - H2S ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up Procedure Part 1

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1009 – Waste Management Procedure SP 1104 – Electrical SafetySP 1157 - HSE Training Specifications SP 1194 – ChemicalsSP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities SP 1232 - Public HealthSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment SP 1242 – Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead

powerlines.SP 1256 – Welding etc GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 22 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(DHRR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm previously trained non-supervisory staff remain able to carry out hazard identification, risk assessment and identify the commonly used controls and safe/unsafe behaviours in the workplace.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegates remain able to recognise and explain the relationship and differences

between hazards, risks, and controls.2. Confirm delegates remain able to identify hazards and be able to communicate about them.3. Confirm delegates remain able to carry out a HEMP exercise on an activity, as a member of a

team4. Confirm delegates have retained the knowledge, understanding and application of the STOP

card, its completion and recording. Essential DHRR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Corporate Rules, why and where they exist.2. Company expectations of its work force3. HEMP and the core ‘Bow-tie’ concept in risk assessment.4. Categories of hazards5. Identification of Hazards – the process6. Control Measures – The hierarchy and recording of controls to manage worksite hazards7. Method statements and their use in managing HSE8. Roles and responsibilities within the PTW system9. The TRIC and JHA document and their use within Tool Box Talks.10. Recognising and Stopping unsafe behaviours and/or work – intervening with other people.11. Carrying out STOP observations, content of STOP cards and reporting.Max. Assessment Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years One (1) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeDealing with Hazards & Risks Re-assessment

DHRRPreviously DHR trained, non-supervisory PDO & Contractor staff

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DHRR AssessmentSafety Footwear & Hard hat Valid, current HSE passport (IND) HSE InductionCoverall or working clothing ID / res. Card. (IFR) Initial Fire Response (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific (DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

Page 23 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DHRR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Accurately identify each of the 12 Life-Saving Rules when shown each icon.2. Recount the Golden Rules with 100% accuracy.3. Explain accurately who is authorised to stop work, under what circumstances, and what action may

be taken afterwards.4. Using photographs, real or simulated workplace activities identify 6 common workplace hazards,

the risks associated with each, and the appropriate controls including PPE.5. Demonstrate your ability to recognise all unsafe work/behaviour from observed activities in a real

or simulated workplace, photographs or video.6. Explain accurately the role and responsibilities of the work team members, permit holder, and area

authority within the PTW system.7. Correctly identify at least 2 documents that might be attached to a PDO PTW.8. Participate effectively in a simulated TBT that uses a TRIC card, demonstrating your ability to

contribute meaningfully to the discussion.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DHRR assessment:

CP 122 - PDO HSE Management System PR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II Company Procedure

PR 1172 - Permit to Work Procedure PR 1078 - H2S ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up Procedure Part 1

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1009 – Waste Management Procedure SP 1104 – Electrical SafetySP 1157 - HSE Training Specifications SP 1194 – ChemicalsSP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities SP 1232 - Public HealthSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment SP 1242 – Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead

powerlines.SP 1256 – Welding etc GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 24 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(EA) Environmental Awareness courseCourse Aim:

To provide the target population with an awareness of environmental issues and risks related to company activities and operations, and the means by which such issues can be managed.

Course Objectives Provide knowledge and understanding of:1. PDO’s operations and activity environmental hazards and risks.2. The legal environment and key environmental limits PDO needs to comply with.3. The requirements for environmental impact assessments within PDO projects at the planning stage.

Essential EA Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. PDO specific environmental issues, e.g. oil spills; waste handling, emissions to atmosphere2. Management of oil spills, waste handling, and environmental risk management3. The Omani legal and regulatory requirements related to the environment and permit requirements.4. PDO’s environmental specifications.5. Aspect/Impact of different activities/projects and their management.6. Integrated impact assessment

Max. Course Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Environmental Awareness EAOperations, drilling, well services and project team staff.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for EA Course Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction & (INDP) HSE Induction, site - specific(IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response (DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks (DHR) (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Current, valid HSE passport Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors ID / res. Card. Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

EA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When shown 5 video clips or photographs of different operational, drilling, well services or production

activities, correctly identify the PDO specific environmental issues and risks associated with them.2. When shown 4 video clips or photographs of different hazardous waste materials, correctly identify the

waste handling and management processes that need to be followed with each.3. When shown 5 photographs or video clips of hazardous chemicals being transported, stored or handled,

correctly identify the different environmental risks associated with each.4. When shown an activity or process that is to take place at a real or simulated workplace, carry out an

environmental risk assessment correctly for it.5. When shown an activity or process that is to take place at a real or simulated workplace, identify

appropriate control measures for the general hazards associated with it.6. Correctly explain 6 different categories of environmental risk associated with company activities and the

Page 25 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

control measures associated with each.7. Demonstrate you can identify where information on the legislative and regulatory framework for

environmental issues and controls that apply in PDO is to be found, and name two of each type –i.e. legal, regulatory or company document.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the EA course:PR 1084 – Leak/Spill Management, site clean-up and restoration.

PR-1419 - Abandonment and Restoration Procedure

PR-1515 - Onsite Mercury Management Procedure PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP-1005 - HSE Specification - Emissions to Atmosphere SP-1006 - HSE Specification - Aqueous EffluentsSP-1007 - HSE Specification - Accidental Releases to Land and Water

SP-1008 - HSE Specification - Use of Energy, Materials and Resources

SP-1009 - HSE Specification - Waste Management SP-1010 - HSE Specification - Environmental Noise and Vibration

SP-1011 - HSE Specification - Flora and Fauna Protection SP-1012 - HSE Specification - Land ManagementSP-1013 - HSE Specification - Environmental Permitting SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsSP-1194 - HSE Specification - Chemical Management SP-1225 - Environmental ManagementGU-195 - Environment Assessment Guideline GU-384 - Managing the Issue of Produced Water DisposalGU-386 - Managing the Issue of Emissions to Atmosphere GU-387 - Managing the Issue of Hazardous Waste

ManagementGU-388 - Managing the Issue of Exploration in the Oryx Reserve

GU-391 - Managing the Issue of Izki Groundwater Contamination

GU-392 - Managing the Issue of PDO Water Extraction at Al Khowdh

GU-393 - Managing the Issue of Effects of Yibal Compaction

GU-447 - Integrated Impact Assessment Guidelines GU-559 - Stakeholder Engagement Framework GuidelineGU-572 - Community Grievance Management GU-632 - Water Management Control Framework GuidelineGU-634 - Guidelines for Sampling of Sewage for Sewage Treatment Plant

GU-643 - Green IT Strategy

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment systemOther reference documents related to the EA course:

Oman Royal Decree 114/2001 Conservation of the Environment and prevention of pollution

Oman Royal Decree 115/2001 Protection of sources of potable water from pollution

Ministerial Decision No 79/94 – Noise pollution control in public environment

Ministerial decision 80/94 Noise pollution control in working environment

Ministerial Decision 145/93 – Wastewater reuse and discharge

Ministerial decision 187/2001 – Organising the issuance of environmental approvals and final environmental permit

Ministerial Decision 18/93 Management of hazardous waste Ministerial Decision 192/2000 – Determination of the Dhahira Region Water Supply Wellfield Protection Zones

Ministerial Decision 37/2001 – Control and Management of Ozone depleting substance

Ministerial Decision 118/2004 – Air pollution control form stationary sources

Ministerial Decision 281/2003 – Regulations for the Control and Management of Radioactive Materials

Government Guidelines for obtaining environmental permit

Page 26 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(EAR) Environmental Awareness scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm the target population has retained an awareness of environmental issues and risks related to company activities and operations, and the means by which such issues can be managed.

Assessment Objectives Confirm delegates’ knowledge and understanding of:1. PDO’s operations and activity environmental hazards and risks.2. The legal environment and key environmental limits PDO needs to comply with.3. The requirements for environmental impact assessments within PDO projects at the planning stage.

Essential EAR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. PDO specific environmental issues, e.g. oil spills; waste handling, emissions to atmosphere2. Management of oil spills, waste handling, and environmental risk management3. The Omani legal and regulatory requirements related to the environment and permit requirements.4. PDO’s environmental specifications.5. Aspect/Impact of different activities/projects and their management.6. Integrated impact assessment

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years One (1) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeEnvironmental Awareness

reassessmentEAR

Operations, drilling, well services and project team staff.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for EAR Reassessment Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff

HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction (IND)Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR)Dealing with Hazards & Risks (DHR) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS)Current, valid HSE passport Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment (CMC)ID / res. Card. Supervisors - Safety Leadership for Supervisors (SLS)Environmental Assessment Managers – Safety Leadership for Managers (SLM)

Environmental Assessment

EAR Reassessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When shown 5 video clips or photographs of different operational, drilling, well services or production

activities, correctly identify the PDO specific environmental issues and risks associated with them.2. When shown 4 video clips or photographs of different hazardous waste materials, correctly identify the

waste handling and management processes that need to be followed with each.3. When shown 5 photographs or video clips of hazardous chemicals being transported, stored or handled,

correctly identify the different environmental risks associated with each.4. When shown an activity or process that is to take place at a real or simulated workplace, carry out an

environmental risk assessment correctly for it.5. When shown an activity or process that is to take place at a real or simulated workplace, identify

appropriate control measures for the general hazards associated with it.

Page 27 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

6. Correctly explain 6 different categories of environmental risk associated with company activities and the control measures associated with each.

7. Demonstrate you can identify where information on the legislative and regulatory framework for environmental issues and controls that apply in PDO is to be found, and name two of each type – i.e. legal, regulatory or company document.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the EAR reassessment:PR 1084 – Leak/Spill Management, site clean-up and restoration.

PR-1419 - Abandonment and Restoration Procedure

PR-1515 - Onsite Mercury Management Procedure PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP-1005 - HSE Specification - Emissions to Atmosphere SP-1006 - HSE Specification - Aqueous EffluentsSP-1007 - HSE Specification - Accidental Releases to Land and Water

SP-1008 - HSE Specification - Use of Energy, Materials and Resources

SP-1009 - HSE Specification - Waste Management SP-1010 - HSE Specification - Environmental Noise and Vibration

SP-1011 - HSE Specification - Flora and Fauna Protection SP-1012 - HSE Specification - Land ManagementSP-1013 - HSE Specification - Environmental Permitting SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsSP-1194 - HSE Specification - Chemical Management SP-1225 - Environmental ManagementGU-195 - Environment Assessment Guideline GU-384 - Managing the Issue of Produced Water DisposalGU-386 - Managing the Issue of Emissions to Atmosphere GU-387 - Managing the Issue of Hazardous Waste

ManagementGU-388 - Managing the Issue of Exploration in the Oryx Reserve

GU-391 - Managing the Issue of Izki Groundwater Contamination

GU-392 - Managing the Issue of PDO Water Extraction at Al Khowdh

GU-393 - Managing the Issue of Effects of Yibal Compaction

GU-447 - Integrated Impact Assessment Guidelines GU-559 - Stakeholder Engagement Framework GuidelineGU-572 - Community Grievance Management GU-632 - Water Management Control Framework GuidelineGU-634 - Guidelines for Sampling of Sewage for Sewage Treatment Plant

GU-643 - Green IT Strategy

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment systemOther reference documents related to the EA Reassessment:

Oman Royal Decree 114/2001 Conservation of the Environment and prevention of pollution

Oman Royal Decree 115/2001 Protection of sources of potable water from pollution

Ministerial Decision No 79/94 – Noise pollution control in public environment

Ministerial decision 80/94 Noise pollution control in working environment

Ministerial Decision 145/93 – Wastewater reuse and discharge

Ministerial decision 187/2001 – Organising the issuance of environmental approvals and final environmental permit

Ministerial Decision 18/93 Management of hazardous waste Ministerial Decision 192/2000 – Determination of the Dhahira Region Water Supply Wellfield Protection Zones

Ministerial Decision 37/2001 – Control and Management of Ozone depleting substance

Ministerial Decision 118/2004 – Air pollution control form stationary sources

Ministerial Decision 281/2003 – Regulations for the Control and Management of Radioactive Materials

Government Guidelines for obtaining environmental permit

Page 28 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(FW) Fire Warden courseCourse Aim:

To provide delegates with basic knowledge and understanding of fire protection, fire prevention and fire defence so that they may function effectively as a fire warden at any location.

Course Objectives Preparing delegates to function as effective fire wardens by providing them with sufficient knowledge and skills to carry out he role at any location.

Essential FW Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Fire protection in buildings and on sites – its form and function, i.e. compartmentalisation, construction materials, surface treatments, fire-stopping and unseen voids; heat, smoke and fire spread mechanisms – effects of natural ventilation and AC systems.

2. Fire prevention – house-keeping; flammables and hazardous materials storage and handling; contractors activities; common fire hazards; electrical safety; smoking controls;

3. Means of Escape in case of fire - smoke and fire stop self-closing doors, wall, floor and ceiling surfaces, escape corridors and stairways, fire exit doors and signs, emergency lighting, assembly points, panic bars, key locks (and boxes), alarmed doors.

4. Fire Defence – Emergency Response Plans; Automatic Heat/Fire/Smoke/Gas Detection systems, detector types, alarm panels, zone diagrams, fixed fire-fighting systems (sprinklers, total flooding, risers, hose-reels), portable fire-fighting equipment;

5. Fire Warden’s role – Before a fire; during a fire; after a fire. Zone clearance; Assisting Evacuation, Leaving your zone; Reports to Lead Fire Warden. After the event – what next?

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Five (5) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Fire Warden FWPDO & Contractor staff who are designated to carry out the role of a fire warden.

Compulsory

Page 29 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for FW training Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR)Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape (H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape Current, valid HSE passport(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific

Supervisors - Safety Leadership for Supervisors Managers – Safety Leadership for Managers

FW Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Name four elements correctly, that would collectively be used to achieve fire protection within a

structure.2. Demonstrate during a tour of a building at a real or simulated workplace, what you would look

for, and why, when checking if the fire protection and Means of Escape are intact and effective, in a zone you have been given responsibility for.

3. Demonstrate, during a tour of a real or simulated workplace, that you can identify 4 different types of fire hazard, and can identify how to remove or reduce the risk of fire of at least 2 of those hazards.

4. Correctly identify at least one smoke control door and at least one fire-stop door during a tour of a real or simulated workplace, explain the differences between them and ordinary doors, and why their closed status needs to be maintained.

5. When given responsibility for one of the zones on a provided zone diagram of a simulated workplace, when the emergency alarm sounds, demonstrate that you can take the correct actions as a fire warden during and after the event,.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the FW course:CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part

II – Company ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

GU 288 – Emergency Response Document Part IV - Guidelines

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 30 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(FWR) Fire Warden scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To provide delegates with basic knowledge and understanding of fire protection, fire prevention and fire defence so that they may function effectively as a fire warden at any location.

Assessment Objectives Preparing delegates to function as effective fire wardens by providing them with sufficient knowledge and skills to carry out the role at any location.

Essential FWR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Fire protection in buildings and on sites – its form and function, i.e. compartmentalisation, construction materials, surface treatments, fire-stopping and unseen voids; heat, smoke and fire spread mechanisms – effects of natural ventilation and AC systems.

2. Fire prevention – house-keeping; flammables and hazardous materials storage and handling; contractors activities; common fire hazards; electrical safety; smoking controls;

3. Means of Escape in case of fire - smoke and fire stop self-closing doors, wall, floor and ceiling surfaces, escape corridors and stairways, fire exit doors and signs, emergency lighting, assembly points, panic bars, key locks (and boxes), alarmed doors.

4. Fire Defence – Emergency Response Plans; Automatic Heat/Fire/Smoke/Gas Detection systems, detector types, alarm panels, zone diagrams, fixed fire-fighting systems (sprinklers, total flooding, risers, hose-reels), portable fire-fighting equipment;

5. Fire Warden’s role – Before a fire; during a fire; after a fire. Zone clearance; Assisting Evacuation, Leaving your zone; Reports to Lead Fire Warden. After the event – what next?

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeFire Warden Reassessment

FWRPDO & Contractor staff who are designated to carry out the role of a fire warden. Compulsory

Page 31 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for FWR assessmentNon-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape (H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape Current, valid HSE passport

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

(FW) Fire Warden

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

FWR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Name four elements correctly, that would collectively be used to achieve fire protection within a

structure.2. Demonstrate during a tour of a building at a real or simulated workplace, what you would look for,

and why, when checking if the fire protection and Means of Escape are intact and effective, in a zone you have been given responsibility for.

3. Demonstrate, during a tour of a real or simulated workplace, that you can identify 4 different types of fire hazard, and can identify how to remove or reduce the risk of fire of at least 2 of those hazards.

4. Correctly identify at least one smoke control door and at least one fire-stop door during a tour of a real or simulated workplace, explain the differences between them and ordinary doors, and why their closed status needs to be maintained.

5. When given responsibility for one of the zones on a provided zone diagram of a simulated workplace, when the emergency alarm sounds, demonstrate that you can take the correct actions as a fire warden during and after the event.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the FW course:CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II

– Company ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

GU 288 – Emergency Response Document Part IV - Guidelines

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 32 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(H2S) H2S Awareness and Escape courseCourse Aim:

To provide individuals with awareness of the H2S hazard and an understanding of how to protect themselves and their colleagues against exposure.

Course Objectives 1. Provide awareness of H2S and SO2 hazards and effects.2. Provide awareness of safe systems of work specific to Sour facilities.3. Provide knowledge of PPE required for Sour facilities.

Essential H2S Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Hazards, characteristics & properties of hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sulphur dioxide (SO2).2. Symptoms of H2S and SO2 exposure.3. Sources of H2S & SO2.4. Access control requirements for PDO facilities classified as Low Risk Sour, High Risk Sour or Critical High Risk Sour, including selection of PPE for working area (personal gas monitor, filter hoods, escape sets, etc), Emergency Planning Zones and confined space entry procedures.5. Emergency response procedures that have been established for PDO facilities classified as High Risk Sour or Critical High Risk Sour.6. Wind direction awareness and routes of egress.7. Demonstrated checks, use & care of RPE for working in an H2S & SO2 atmosphere.8. Correct use of H2S & SO2 detection methods at the workplace.9. Proper response to warning signals for H2S & SO2 detection systems used at the workplace.10. Rescue techniques and 1st Aid to victims of H2S and SO2 exposure.

Desirable H2S Syllabus components (nice to have topic areas)11. Discussion: Locations & use of safety equipment in a typical CHRS or HRS facility.12. Discussion: Locations & use of emergency assembly areas in a typical CHRS or HRS facility.13. Roles and responsibilities in a contingency plan for a H2S incident.14. Effects of H2S & SO2 on components of process system, (corrosion, embrittlement, etc.)

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval

Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Page 33 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

H2S Awareness & Escape

H2S

All PDO and Contractor personnel who may need to enter PDO facilities (including well sites) classified as Low Risk or High Risk Sour as part of their work.

PDO and Contractor staff who trained on H2S prior to January 2012, and whose ‘old’ H2S course permit is due for recertification.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for H2S training Safety Footwear & Hard hat Current, valid HSE passport 2 x Passport sized photos Coverall or working clothing ID / residency Card. (IND) HSE Induction

H2S Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain the hazards and effects of H2S and SO2.2. Correctly explain the access control requirements for PDO facilities classified as Low Risk Sour,

High Risk Sour or Critical High Risk Sour.3. During a simulated escape from an H2S or SO2 accidental release scenario; correctly demonstrate

the emergency response actions that need to be followed by individuals working in facilities, where H2S hazards are present.

4. Demonstrate the correct use of a filter-type escape hood (PDO specification) and a positive pressure-type escape set (PDO specification), including the ‘Camlock Fastmask’ and ‘Fastcowl.’

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the H2S course:SP-1190 Design for sour service specification PR-1078 Hydrogen Sulphide Management ProcedureSP-1219 Well Engineering Hydrogen Sulphide Specification SP-1234 HSE Specification - Personal Protective Equipment

Page 34 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(H2SR) H2S Awareness and Escape scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

To confirm individuals have retained awareness of the H2S hazard and an understanding of how to protect themselves and their colleagues against exposure.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegate’s awareness of H2S and SO2 hazards and effects.2. Confirm delegate’s awareness of safe systems of work specific to Sour facilities.3. Confirm delegate’s knowledge of PPE required for Sour facilities.

Essential H2S Recertification components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Hazards, characteristics & properties of hydrogen sulphide (H2S) and sulphur dioxide (SO2).2. Symptoms of H2S and SO2 exposure.3. Sources of H2S & SO2.4. Access control requirements for PDO facilities classified as Low Risk Sour, High Risk Sour or Critical

High Risk Sour, including selection of PPE for working area (personal gas monitor, filter hoods, escape sets, etc), Emergency Planning Zones and confined space entry procedures.

5. Emergency response procedures that have been established for PDO facilities classified as High Risk Sour or Critical High Risk Sour.

6. Wind direction awareness and routes of egress.7. Demonstrated checks, use & care of RPE for working in an H2S & SO2 atmosphere.8. Correct use of H2S & SO2 detection methods at the workplace.9. Proper response to warning signals for H2S & SO2 detection systems used at the workplace.10. Rescue techniques and 1st Aid to victims of H2S and SO2 exposure.

Desirable H2SR Recertification components (nice to have topic areas)11. Discussion: Locations & use of safety equipment in a typical CHRS or HRS facility.12. Discussion: Locations & use of emergency assembly areas in a typical CHRS or HRS facility.13. Roles and responsibilities in a contingency plan for a H2S incident.14. Effects of H2S & SO2 on components of process system, (corrosion, embrittlement, etc.)

Max. Assessment Duration

Max. recertification interval

Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Page 35 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

H2S Awareness & Escape Recertification

H2SR

All PDO and Contractor personnel who trained on H2S courses after January 2012 and who may need to enter PDO facilities (including well sites) classified as Low Risk or High Risk Sour as part of their work..

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for H2SR RecertificationNon-supervisory staff Supervisory /Management staff All delegates

‘Core’ HSE Learning Ladder courses Current, valid HSE passport(H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape, or equivalent prior training, within last 3 years

2 x Passport sized photos Safety Footwear & Hard hat

Current, valid H2S permit Coverall or working clothingCurrent ROP issued ID / residency Card.

H2SR Recertification Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain the hazards and effects of H2S and SO2.2. Correctly explain the access control requirements for PDO facilities classified as Low Risk Sour, High

Risk Sour or Critical High Risk Sour.3. During a simulated escape from an H2S or SO2 accidental release scenario; correctly demonstrate

the emergency response actions that need to be followed by individuals working in facilities, where H2S hazards are present.

4. Demonstrate the correct use of a filter-type escape hood (PDO specification) and a positive pressure-type escape set (PDO specification), including the ‘Camlock Fastmask’ and ‘Fastcowl.’

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the H2SR recertification:SP-1190 Design for sour service specification PR-1078 Hydrogen Sulphide Management ProcedureSP-1219 Well Engineering Hydrogen Sulphide Specification

SP-1234 HSE Specification - Personal Protective Equipment

Page 36 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(HRA) Health Risk Assessment course Course Aim:

To enable attendees to identify health hazards, assess the risk and implement controls whilst conducting and preparing Job Type HRA’s

Course Objectives 1. Prepare delegates to identify health hazards i.e. chemical, physical, biological, ergonomic and psycho-social.2. Confirm delegates’ ability to conduct health risk assessments, health surveillance measuring and monitoring,

and to recommend appropriate controls. 3. Prepare delegates to use the Job Type HRA template to demonstrate hazards are controlled to ALARP

Essential HRA Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. The five key health hazard categories with examples2. Use of Risk Matrix and Control Matrix and their function during assessment of the risk3. Occupational Exposure Limits e.g. Chemical, radiation, noise, heat, manual handling etc 4. Health Surveillance and Fitness to work requirements5. Hierarchy of Controls6. Practical assessment of job type in the field7. Exposure monitoring requirements and field assessments8. Completion of Job Type HRA template and remedial action plan 9. Remedial action plan10. Legislative requirements in Oman

Desirable HRA Syllabus components (nice to have topic areas)1. Monitoring equipment e.g. noise meters, sampling pumps, radiation meters

Max. Course Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twelve (12) hours Five (5) years Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Health Risk Awareness

HRAIndustrial Hygienists, HSE Advisors, PTW Signatories, Permit Applicants

Recommended

Pre-requisites for HRA training Non-supervisory

staffSupervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Eye protection(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Current, valid HSE passport

(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors ID / res. Card.Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers Medically & physically fit

Page 37 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HRA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly identify at least one health hazard in each of the five key categories in a real workplace.2. Accurately interpret occupational exposure limits for each of the health hazard categories.3. In a real workplace, identify the controls being used for the five health hazard categories and

correctly assess their adequacy, suitability and sufficiency for the tasks being performed.4. Correctly apply the hierarchy of controls during an assessment of the risk presented by a health

hazard identified in a real workplace.5. Given an actual workplace scenario, determine when to perform occupational exposure monitoring

e.g. noise, chemicals and/or correctly interpret previous exposure monitoring results.6. Determine if the exposures provided by actual measurement or simulated measurement exceed

the OEL’s or acceptable limits and where unsure, identify how to gain assistance, and from whom.7. Correctly determine the health surveillance requirements when given 3 examples of specific

health hazards e.g. heavy metals, noise/vibration, heat stress8. Carry out Job Type Health Risk Assessments for submission and approval by the appointed Health

Risk Assessor.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the HRA course:

SP1230 Medical Examination Treatment and Facilities SP1231 Occupational HealthSP1232 Public Health GU273 HSE Guideline - PTW Job Safety PlansPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 38 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(HRAR) Health Risk Assessment scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To ensure delegates trained to identify health hazards, assess the risk and implement controls whilst conducting and preparing Job Type HRA’s, remain competent to do so.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegates can identify health hazards i.e. chemical, physical, biological, ergonomic and psycho-social.2. Confirm delegates’ ability to conduct health risk assessments, health surveillance measuring and monitoring,

and to recommend appropriate controls. 3. Confirm delegates are able to use the Job Type HRA template to demonstrate hazards are controlled to ALARP

Essential HRAR Reassessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Five key health hazard categories with examples2. Use of Risk Matrix and Control Matrix and their function during assessment of the risk3. Occupational Exposure Limits e.g. Chemical, radiation, noise, heat, manual handling etc 4. Health Surveillance and Fitness to work requirements5. Hierarchy of Controls6. Practical assessment of job type in the field7. Exposure monitoring requirements and field assessments8. Completion of Job Type HRA template and remedial action plan 9. Remedial action plan10. Legislative requirements in Oman

Max. Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Five (5) years One (1) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Health Risk Awareness Re-Assessment

HRARPreviously HRA trained Industrial Hygienists, HSE Advisors, PTW Signatories &, Permit Applicants

Recommended

Pre-requisites for HRAR Reassessment Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR)Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Eye protection(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Current, valid HSE passport

(HRA) Health Risk Assessment

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors ID / res. Card.(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers Medically & physically fit(HRA) Health Risk Assessment

Page 39 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HRAR Reassessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly identify at least one health hazard in each of the five key categories in a real workplace.2. Accurately interpret occupational exposure limits for each of the health hazard categories.3. In a real workplace, identify the controls being used for the five health hazard categories and correctly assess their

adequacy, suitability and sufficiency for the tasks being performed.4. Correctly apply the hierarchy of controls during an assessment of the risk presented by a health hazard identified in a real

workplace.5. Given an actual workplace scenario, determine when to perform occupational exposure monitoring e.g. noise, chemicals

and/or correctly interpret previous exposure monitoring results.6. Determine if the exposures provided by actual measurement or simulated measurement exceed the OEL’s or acceptable

limits and where unsure, identify how to gain assistance, and from whom.7. Correctly determine the health surveillance requirements when given 3 examples of specific health hazards e.g. heavy

metals, noise/vibration, heat stress8. Carry out Job Type Health Risk Assessments for submission and approval by the appointed Health Risk Assessor.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the HRAR Reassessment:SP1230 - Medical Examination Treatment and Facilities SP1231- Occupational HealthSP1232 - Public Health GU273 HSE Guideline - PTW Job Safety PlansPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 40 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(IFR) Initial Fire Response courseCourse Aim:

To provide individuals with basic knowledge, understanding and skills relating to fire, portable fire-fighting equipment and the correct actions to take in the event of fire.

Course Objectives 1. Identify fire types, common causes of fire in the workplace, and fire spread mechanisms.2. Provide awareness of how to react in the event of fire.3. Recognise the markings of portable fire-fighting equipment and their meanings. 4. Select and operate portable fire-fighting equipment on different fire types.5. Provide opportunities to develop skills in the selection and use of portable fire-fighting equipment on

various fire types.Essential IFR Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Fire - Chemistry, common causes, spread mechanisms.2. Fire types (classifications).3. Portable fire extinguishers, how they work (mechanically, and when applied to fire), markings and labelling

standards, size and capability, selection and use.4. Fire blankets, sizes, materials, suitability for fire types, use.5. Fire hose-reels, locations, operating principles, suitability for fire types, use. 6. Actions in the event of a fire emergency – discovering fire, raising the alarm, hearing an alarm, moving

though smoke, clothing on fire.Desirable IFR Syllabus components (nice to have topic areas)

7. Smoke and heat – fire doors and compartments, spread mechanisms.8. Ventilation – effect on smoke, heat and fire spread and fire intensity.9. Fire wardens – their role, how they are identified, information they require.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Three (3) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Initial Fire Response IFRPDO and Contractor personnel who work in areas in which portable fire-fighting equipment has been provided.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for IFR training Safety Footwear & Hard hat Physically able and fit Current, valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing (IND) HSE Induction ID / res. Card.

Page 41 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

IFR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly name the three most common causes of workplace fires.2. Correctly identify the class of fire involved, when shown three different types of fire.3. Explain correctly the fire triangle, the principle of fire extinguishment, and the mechanisms by

which fire (heat & smoke) will spread.4. Explain how you would raise the alarm on discovering a fire in an occupied building, in a production

station, on a site where any form of construction is taking place, in a vehicle during a work-related journey.

5. When shown four different items of portable fire-fighting equipment, correctly identify what type of fire each is best suited to deal with, why and at least one limitation for use of each one.

6. Demonstrate how to safely move through a compartment that is said to be smoke filled.7. Demonstrate you can correctly select, safely and successfully use a portable fire extinguisher to

extinguish a Class A and Class B fire (or fire simulator Class A and B fire). 8. When presented with a specific fire type (or fire simulator fire type), select the correct type of

portable fire equipment to deal with it.9. Demonstrate you can safely and correctly approach a stove-top Class B fire (or fire simulator stove-

top Class B fire) using a fire blanket, and use the correct method to successfully extinguish it.10. Demonstrate you can correctly deal with a person standing, whose clothing is said to be on fire.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IFR course:PR 2010 – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 42 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(IFRR) Initial Fire Response scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm previously trained individuals have retained the basic knowledge, understanding and skills relating to fire, portable fire-fighting equipment and the actions to take in the event of fire.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm awareness of fire, common causes in the workplace, its spread mechanisms and its

classifications.2. Confirm awareness of the markings, selection and use of portable fire-fighting equipment. 3. Confirm awareness of how to react in the event of fire.4. Confirm skills in the selection and use of portable fire-fighting equipment on various fire types.

Essential IFRR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Fire - Chemistry, common causes, spread mechanisms.2. Fire types (classifications).3. Portable fire extinguishers, how they work (mechanically, and on fire), markings and labelling

standards, size and capability, selection and use.4. Fire blankets, sizes, materials, suitability for fire types, use.5. Fire hose-reels, locations, operating principles, suitability for fire types, use. 6. Actions in the event of a fire emergency – discovering fire, raising the alarm, hearing an alarm,

moving though smoke, clothing on fire.Max. Assessment Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Initial Fire Response Reassessment

IFRRPDO and Contractor personnel who work in areas in which portable fire-fighting equipment has been provided.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for IFRR Assessment Safety Footwear & Hard hat Core HSE LL courses

appropriate to delegate’s roleCurrent, valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing ID / res. Card.Physically able and fit

Page 43 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

IFRR Reassessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly identify the class of fire involved, when shown three different types of fire.2. Explain correctly the fire triangle, the principle of fire extinguishment, and the mechanisms by

which fire (heat & smoke) will spread.3. Correctly explain how you would raise the alarm on discovering a fire.4. When shown four different items of portable fire-fighting equipment, correctly identify what type

of fire two are best suited to deal with, why and at least one limitation for use of each one.5. Demonstrate how to safely move through a compartment that is said to be smoke filled.6. Demonstrate you can correctly select, safely and successfully use a portable fire extinguisher to

extinguish a Class A and Class B fire (or fire simulator Class A and B fire). 7. Demonstrate you can safely and correctly approach a stove-top Class B fire (or fire simulator stove-

top Class B fire) using a fire blanket, and use the correct method to successfully extinguish it.8. Demonstrate you can correctly deal with a person standing, whose clothing is said to be on fire.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IFRR Reassessment:PR 2010 – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 44 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(IND) HSE Induction courseCourse Aim:

Provide new staff with basic awareness knowledge and understanding of work within the Oil and Gas industry related to health, safety, environment and sustainable development issues and on successful completion provide attendees with a PDO Approved HSE passport.

Course Objectives 1. Explain why and how the Golden Rules and Life Saving Rules, when followed consistently, will

prevent incidents, accidents and lives.2. Explain the individual consequences of not following the Golden Rules and Life Saving Rules.3. Provide awareness of the common workplace hazards and risks in the oil and gas industry.4. Provide awareness of how to identify unsafe acts or conditions and how to intervene personally.5. Explain how to report and accident and how to summon emergency services.

Essential Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. PDO Golden Rules, Life Saving Rules and consequence matrix.2. Identification of most common hazards in the Industry (must include the main hazards) using

photographs, video and/or site visits to facilitate delegate activities.3. How to report an accident and call Emergency Services (internal and external)4. Health, Medical, 1st Aid and other site facilities.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min Delegates Max Delegates

Five (5) hoursNot Applicable – workplace

assessment in 3 monthsThree (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

HSE Induction INDNewly hired, seconded or transferred staff into PDO & newly hired contractor personnel

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for training Safety Footwear Hard Hat and eye protection ID or residency cardCoverall or working clothing GP Gloves 2 x Passport sized photos

Page 45 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

IND Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When shown the Life Saving Rules icons, explain accurately what each means, and the

circumstances under which they would apply.2. Correctly explain each of the Golden Rules.3. Correctly identify 10 hazards associated with typical oil and gas activities when shown

photographs, video or during a visit to an actual or simulated operational site.4. Correctly identify 10 different control measures being used during the hazard identification

assessment activity.5. Correctly identify 10 unsafe acts or conditions, and why they are the type stated, from

photographs, video or during a visit to an actual or simulated operational site. 6. Carry out the correct response when presented with a simulated fire or medical emergency

situation. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IND course:

CP 122 – PDO HSE Management System PR 1172 – Permit to Work SystemPR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up Procedure Part 1

PR 1078 – H2S Management Procedure

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP 1009 – Waste Management

SP 1104 – Electrical Safety SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsSP 1194 – Chemical Management SP 1242 – Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead

powerlines.SP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities SP 1232 - Public HealthSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 46 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific courseCourse Aim:

To ensure site Supervisors induct staff new to a specific site, so they are provided with the correct level of knowledge and awareness about that specific site, including the main activities, hazards, health management and emergency response details, in a time-effective manner by using a PC based program.

Course Objectives 1. Induct staff new to site with a PC based (intranet on-line) program, that covers all essential site-

specific information to keep the person and work place safe.2. Ensure staff new to site are objectively assessed using a PC based program BEFORE being given

an accompanied site tour by their site Supervisor.Essential INDP Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. The activities that occur at this site – photographic or video presentation.2. Following the Golden Rules, House Rules and Life Saving Rules (using available video)3. What is expected of a member of staff in relation to safe behaviours and personal compliance

responsibilities.4. The individual consequences of following the rules, and of not following them.5. What to do in the event of a work site emergency – site-specific6. How to summon emergency services – site specific7. Specific hazards to individuals at site and associated risks; managing hydration. 8. The HEMP process, how it is applied, and the subsequent use of the risk data in oil and gas activities at this site.9. Control and recovery measures used at site.10. The challenges of driving and transportation in the area and the control measures that are in

place.11. Critical tasks relative to their position – Stopping work in unsafe conditions12. The STOP system at site, their role within it.13. Personal health and hygiene behaviours required.14. Arrangements for reporting sickness or illness and where to go for medical aid.15. Site-specific environmental requirements. E.g arrangement of disposal of waste.16. Physical accompanied tour of site and facilities.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval

Min. Delegates Max. Delegates

Five (5) hoursNot Applicable – workplace

assessment in 3 monthsOne (1)

Limited by PC availability

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Page 47 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

HSE Induction (site-specific) for staff

new to site.INDP

PDO staff new to site.Visitors (less than 24 hrs) new to site.PDO appointed contractors working at site for less than 8 days. PDO Contractor staff new to site.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for INDP training PDO & Contractor staff new to site PDO appointed contractors, new to site, in

Oman less than 8 days.Visitors (less than 24 hrs) new

to site.Safety Footwear Safety Footwear Safety footwearCoverall or working clothing Coverall or working clothing Coverall/working clothingHard Hat and eye protection Hard Hat and eye protection (H2S) if appropriate to site(IND) HSE Induction (H2S) if appropriate to site.(IFR) Initial Fire Response(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks (non-supervisory)(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (supervisory/management/executive [SME])(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment (SME)(SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership (SME - role related)

INDP Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain the Golden Rules, Life Saving Rules and consequences if rules are not followed.2. Correctly explain the health & medical hazards of the site’s work activities.3. Correctly explain what arrangements are in place to manage health & medical hazards.4. Explain accurately the main site activity hazards, and the mitigating control measures available.5. Accurately explain the PTW arrangements for activities on site.6. Complete a personal commitment statement specifying what they commit to with respect to

supporting safe behaviours at site, i.e. STOP tour or report commitment.7. Correctly explain their critical tasks in relation to safety case requirements, particularly where H2S

zoning is in place.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the INDP course:

CP 122 – PDO HSE Management System PR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II Company ProcedurePR 1078 – H2S Management Procedure PR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up

Procedure Part 1PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP 1009 – Waste Management

SP 1104 – Electrical Safety SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsPR 1172 – Permit To Work Procedure SP 1194 – Chemical ManagementSP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities SP 1232 - Public HealthSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment SP 1242 – Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead

powerlines.SP 1256 – Welding etc SP 2000 - Road TransportSP 2001 - Load Safety & Restraining GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 48 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(NORMA) Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material Awareness course Course Aim:

Provide awareness and define NORM, where it occurs, hazards and controls to mitigate riskCourse Objectives

1. Define what is NORM and the risk during maintenance activities 2. Explain where NORM may deposit, the precautionary principle and basic monitoring3. Precautions to follow if NORM is identified above the Company limits

Essential NORMA Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1.NORM SP1170 definitions 2.Basic radiation theory 3.Health and Environmental risks – Who is at risk, how, when and why?4.Precautionary principle associated with certain maintenance and well servicing activities that must

include monitoring for NORM using approved meters.5.NORM controls to mitigate the risk, e.g. PPE, Hygiene and Time, Distance, Shielding.6.Disposal arrangements for NORM contaminated equipment and sludge to the Bahja NORM Yard.

Desirable NORMA Syllabus components (nice to have topic areas)1.Inclusion of the PDO NORM Video (10 mins)2.Recording NORM measurements e.g. EDM, Production Station Spreadsheets3. Plastic wrapping and labelling of contaminated equipment

Max. Course Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NORM Awareness NORMAPDO and contractor personnel who will perform maintenance or servicing activities on equipment that has conveyed or stored production fluids (oil, water or gas).

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for NORMA training Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Current, valid HSE passport(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment ID / res. Card.Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Medically & physically fit

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

NORMA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

Page 49 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1. Explain in which document(s) NORM specifications and guidelines are found in PDO, and how they may be accessed.

2. State correctly PDO’s definition of NORM.3. Explain the NORM associated precautionary principle used in PDO correctly.4. From a list of equipment, installations and materials commonly used in well engineering

operations, correctly identify those that may become NORM contaminated. 5. Correctly explain the health risks associated with NORM.6. Correctly explain the environmental risks associated with NORM.7. Given a list of PPE items available for well engineering activities, correctly identify those required to

be worn when working with NORM or suspected NORM.8. Correctly explain the personal hygiene requirements associated with NORM contaminated

equipment, when they should be used and by whom.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NORMA course:

SP1170 Management of NORM MSE NORM GuidelinesPR1172 Permit to Work System Manual SP1234 Personal Protective Equipment

Page 50 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(NORMAR) Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material Awareness scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim:

Confirm delegate is aware of and can define NORM, where it occurs, hazards and controls to mitigate risk

Assessment Objectives Provide assurance that delegates remain able to:1. Define NORM and the risk during maintenance activities 2. Explain where NORM may deposit, the precautionary principle and basic monitoring3. Follow the recommended precautions if NORM is identified above the Company limits

Essential NORMAR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. NORM SP1170 definitions 2. Basic radiation theory 2. Health and Environmental risks – Who is at risk, how, when and why?3 Precautionary principle associated with certain maintenance and well servicing activities that must

include monitoring for NORM using approved meters.4. NORM controls to mitigate the risk, e.g. PPE, Hygiene and Time, Distance, Shielding.5. Disposal arrangements for NORM contaminated equipment and sludge to the Bahja NORM Yard.

Desirable NORMAR Assessments components (nice to have topic areas)1. Recording NORM measurements e.g. EDM, Production Station Spreadsheets2. Plastic wrapping and labelling of contaminated equipment

Max. Duration Max. re-assessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NORM Awareness

ReassessmentNORMAR

Previously NORMA trained PDO and contractor personnel who perform maintenance or servicing activities on equipment that has conveyed or stored production fluids (oil, water or gas).

Compulsory

Page 51 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NORMAR Reassessment Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

HSE Induction HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hatInitial Fire Response Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothingDealing with Hazards & Risks HSE Tools & Skills Current, valid HSE passport

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment ID / res. Card.Supervisors - Safety Leadership for Supervisors Medically & physically fit

Managers – Safety Leadership for Managers NORMA trained

NORMAR Reassessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)1. Explain in which document(s) NORM specifications and guidelines are found in PDO, and how they

may be accessed.2. State correctly PDO’s definition of NORM.3. Explain the NORM associated precautionary principle used in PDO correctly.4. From a list of equipment, installations and materials commonly used in well engineering

operations, correctly identify those that may become NORM contaminated. 5. Correctly explain the health risks associated with NORM.6. Correctly explain the environmental risks associated with NORM.7. Given a list of PPE items available for well engineering activities, correctly identify those required to

be worn when working with NORM or suspected NORM.8. Correctly explain the personal hygiene requirements associated with NORM contaminated

equipment, when they should be used and by whom.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NORMAR Reassessment:

SP1170 Management of NORM MSE NORM GuidelinesPR1172 Permit to Work System Manual SP1234 Personal Protective Equipment

Page 52 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SCBA) Self-contained Breathing Apparatus & Confined Space Rescue courseCourse Aim:

To provide delegates with basic knowledge and understanding of SABA and SCBA, confined space entry hazards, controls and responsibilities, and the basic skills required to safely prepare and use a SCBA, in toxic, other irrespirable atmospheres, confined spaces and for emergency rescue purposes, solo or as a team member.

Course Objectives 1. Be able to use, test and maintain SCBA for routine and non-routine activities.2. Identify the differences between SABA and SCBA.3. Recognise and identify confined space hazards, controls, key personnel and their responsibilities.4. Use SCBA under a variety of different circumstances, including devising and carrying out rescue

plans.Essential SCBA Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Types, functions and limitations of Respiratory Protection Equipment using compressed air. (SABA, SCBA, Escape sets)

2. Negative pressure & Positive pressure facemasks and cowls – what they can do and what they cannot.

3. Draeger ‘PA94 Plus’ SCBA backplate and harness, pressure reducer, demand valve, gauge and whistle, Panorama Nova facemask, cylinder types.

4. Camlock ‘Fastmask’ and ‘Fastcowl’ 5. Pre-use tests, Donning & start-up tests, ‘Doffing’ SCBA, after-use disassembling,

cleaning/maintaining SCBA for further use, test records.6. The PDO ‘Buddy’ system7. Confined spaces - types, hazards, activities, entry controls and procedures.8. Procedures for emergencies and rescues, confined space entry team members roles and

responsibilities9. Rescue equipment, considerations, devising a rescue plan, solo and team rescue techniques. Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. Delegates

Eight (8) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus & Confined Space Rescue

SCBA

PDO & Contractor staff who are required to use SCBA for gas testing or other operational activities, or in operational emergencies.

Compulsory

Page 53 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCBA training Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape

(H2S) H2S Awareness & Escape Current, valid HSE passport(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.

(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

2 x Passport sized photos

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

No claustrophobic tendency

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

No facial hair (sideburns, beard or ‘stubble’ growth)

Medically & physically fit

SCBA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Using an SCBA as an aid, accurately explain the flow of air through an SCBA, the function of the

gauge and whistle assembly, and why nominal and actual working time and whistle time may vary in use.

2. Correctly explain why obtaining a perfect face seal with SCBA is important, the factors that may cause a seal to be prevented or lost, and the actual and potential consequences to the wearer of not having a perfect seal for any reason.

3. Correctly carry out all the pre-use tests, and after-use tests on an SCBA, and records.4. Correctly don and start-up, use and ‘doff’ an SCBA on a minimum of 3 different scenario practical

exercises.5. Correctly carry out the role of a confined space attendant, and a member of a confined space entry

team, as well as that of an emergency response team member wearing SCBA in at least two simulated emergency exercises.

1. During a simulated emergency situation, whilst wearing an SCBA, carry out a solo and two man rescue of a training manikin from a confined space or simulator in the dark, and from a trench or elevated platform.

2. Correctly carry out after-use SCBA disassembly, cleaning, maintenance and reassembly on at least two occasions.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCBA course:PR 1078 – Hydrogen Sulphide Procedure PR 1081 – The ‘Buddy’ System ProcedurePR 1148 – Entry into a Confined Space Procedure PR 1172 – Permit to Work ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 1193 – Medical facilities and assessmentSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 54 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SCBAR) SCBA & Confined Space Rescue scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

To ensure delegates have retained their basic knowledge and understanding of SABA and SCBA, confined space entry hazards, controls and responsibilities, and the basic skills required to safely prepare and use a SCBA, in toxic, other irrespirable atmospheres, confined spaces and for emergency rescue purposes, solo or as a team member.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm the delegate can use, test and maintain SCBA for routine and non-routine activities.2. Confirm knows the differences between SABA and SCBA.3. Confirm delegate recognises a confined space, the associated hazards, controls, key personnel and

their responsibilities.4. Provide opportunities to use SCBA under a variety of different circumstances, including devising

and carrying out rescue plans.Essential SCBAR Recertification components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Types, functions and limitations of Respiratory Protection Equipment using compressed air. (SABA, SCBA, Escape sets)

2. Negative pressure & Positive pressure facemasks and cowls – what they can do and what they cannot.

3. Draeger ‘PA94 Plus’ SCBA backplate and harness, pressure reducer, demand valve, gauge and whistle, Panorama Nova facemask, cylinder types.

4. Camlock ‘Fastmask’ and ‘Fastcowl’ 5. Pre-use tests, Donning & start-up tests, ‘Doffing’ SCBA, after-use disassembling,

cleaning/maintaining SCBA for further use, test records.6. The ‘Buddy’ system7. Confined spaces, types, hazards, activities, entry controls and procedures.8. Procedures for emergencies and rescues, confined space entry team members roles and

responsibilities9. Rescue equipment, considerations, devising a rescue plan, solo and team rescue techniques.

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Assessment Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus & Confined Space Rescue Re-certification

SCBARPDO & Contractor staff who are required to use SCBA for gas testing or other operational activities, or in operational emergencies.

Compulsory

Page 55 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCBAR RecertificationNon-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction Safety Footwear & Hard hat(IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response Coverall or working clothing(H2S) Valid, current H2S permit (H2S) Valid, current H2S permit Current, valid HSE passport(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.(SCBA) Valid, current SCBA certificate

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

Medically & physically fit

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

No claustrophobic tendency

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

No facial hair (sideburns, beard or ‘stubble’ growth)

(SCBA) Valid, current SCBA certificate

SCBAR Recertification Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Using an SCBA as an aid, accurately explain the flow of air through an SCBA, the function of the

gauge and whistle assembly, and why nominal and actual working time and whistle time may vary in use.

2. Correctly explain why obtaining a perfect face seal with SCBA is important, the factors that may cause a seal to be prevented or lost, and the actual and potential consequences to the wearer of not having a perfect seal for any reason.

3. Correctly carry out all the pre-use tests, and after-use tests on an SCBA, and records.4. Correctly don and start-up, use and ‘doff’ an SCBA on a minimum of 2 different scenario practical

exercises.5. Correctly carry out the role of a confined space attendant, and a member of a confined space entry

team, as well as that of an emergency response team member wearing SCBA in at least two simulated emergency exercises.

6. During a simulated emergency situation, whilst wearing an SCBA, carry out a solo and two man rescue of a training manikin from a confined space or simulator in the dark, and from a trench or elevated platform.

7. Correctly carry out after-use SCBA disassembly, cleaning, maintenance and reassembly on at least one occasion.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCBAR Recertification:PR 1078 – Hydrogen Sulphide Procedure PR 1081 – The ‘Buddy’ System ProcedurePR 1148 – Entry into a Confined Space Procedure PR 1172 – Permit to Work ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1230 – Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 1193 – Medical facilities and assessmentSP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 56 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix B – Level 1 (HSE) AHA 1st Aid Foundation and Recertification courses

Course Title:

(AHAF) AHA Heartsaver 1st Aid, CPR & AED Foundation courseCourse Aim:

To provide delegates with knowledge , understanding and basic skills using the American Heart Association Heartsaver 1st Aid, CPR & AED Foundation course, so that they can function competently as first-response First Aiders in the PDO community and the community at large, whenever required.

Course Objectives 1. In conformance with Internationally recognised standards, ensure delegates can:

Diagnose and provide First Aid (1st Aid) treatment in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

Diagnose and provide cardio-pulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

Diagnose when to use and provide aid with an Automatic External Defibrillator in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

2. Create opportunities for delegates to apply First Aid diagnostic skills with CPR & AED treatment skills during simulations.

Essential AHAF Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. First aid basics, including Rescuer duties, Victim & Rescuer safety, planning for help; finding the problem.

2. Medical emergencies including breathing problems, choking in an adult,, allergic reactions, heart attack, fainting, diabetes and low blood sugar, stroke, seizure and shock.

3. Injury emergencies including bleeding you can see, wounds, bleeding you can’t see, head, neck and spine injuries, broken bones and sprains, burns and electrical injuries.

4. Environmental emergencies including bites and stings, heat related emergencies, cold related emergencies, poison emergencies.

5. Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation for adults, children and infants. 6. Preparation and use of an Automatic External Defibrillator (as in use by PDO).

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Twelve (14) hours Two (2) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED.

AHAFPDO & Contractor professional drivers, PDO & Contractor staff who are to be certified AHA Heartsaver first response First Aiders

Compulsory

Page 57 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for training Safety Footwear Coverall or working clothing (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific

ID / res. Card + 2 x ID photos Valid HSE passport (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (Supervisory or Managerial delegates) (DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks (non-supervisory delegates)

For English course delegates from PDO contractors, where English is a 2nd language, letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 5 or better

5Modest

user

Has partial command of the language, coping with overall meaning in most situations, though is likely to make many mistakes. Should be able to handle basic communication in own field.

AHAF Assessment Performance criteria (What delegate MUST be able to do after training)

1. During a simulation, demonstrate effective and safe management of the medical emergency until qualified medical assistance arrives.

2. Demonstrate, during simulation of a medical emergency, that the patient is protected from further harm by ensuring the scene is kept safe.

3. Demonstrate accurate condition diagnosis and the application of the correct First Aid treatment during a simulated medical situation.

4. Demonstrate the provision of pain relief with available first aid resources.5. Demonstrate, during simulation of a medical emergency, whether the patient has to be moved

due to life-threatening environmental danger or not, that injury or illness is prevented from becoming worse.

6. Demonstrate correct CPR on a training manikin during simulation of a patient with heart disease7. Demonstrate the correct and safe use of an AED on a patient during a medical emergency

simulation.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the AHAF course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 58 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Recertification course Title:

(AHAR) AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED scheduled Recertification Course Aim:

To refresh and recertify delegate skills gained on the American Heart Association Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED Foundation course, so that they can continue function competently as first-response First Aiders in the PDO community and the community at large, whenever required.

Recertification Objectives 1. In conformance with Internationally recognised standards, refresh and confirm delegates can:

Diagnose and provide First Aid treatment in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

Diagnose and provide Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

Diagnose when to use and provide aid with an Automatic External Defibrillator in accordance with AHA and Internationally recognised standards.

2. Create opportunities for delegates to apply First Aid diagnostic skills with CPR & AED treatment skills during simulations.

Essential AHAR Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. First aid basics, including Rescuer duties, Victim & Rescuer safety, planning for help; finding the problem.

2. Medical emergencies including breathing problems, choking in an adult,, allergic reactions, heart attack, fainting, diabetes and low blood sugar, stroke, seizure and shock.

3. Injury emergencies including bleeding you can see, wounds, bleeding you can’t see, head, neck and spine injuries, broken bones and sprains, burns and electrical injuries.

4. Environmental emergencies including bites and stings, heat related emergencies, cold related emergencies, poison emergencies.

5. Cardio-pulmonary resuscitation for adults, children and infants. 6. Preparation and use of an Automatic External Defibrillator (as in use by PDO).

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Twelve (14) hours Two (2) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

AHA Heartsaver 1st Aid, CPR & AED

RecertificationAHAR

PDO & Contractor professional drivers, PDO & Contractor staff who are to certified AHA first response First Aiders

Compulsory

Page 59 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for AHAR RecertificationNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site specific 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.(INDP) HSE induction, site-specific

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors (AHAF) Valid, current AHA Heart-saver 1st Aid, certificate

Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for ManagersFor English course delegates from PDO contractors, where English is a 2nd language, letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 5 or better. PDO delegates should self-assure their English fluency to the same level.

5 Modest userHas partial command of the language, coping with overall meaning in most situations, though is likely to make many mistakes. Should be able to handle basic communication in own field.

AHAR Recertification Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. During a simulation, demonstrate effective and safe management of the medical emergency until

qualified medical assistance arrives.2. Demonstrate, during simulation of a medical emergency, that the patient is protected from

further harm by ensuring the scene is kept safe.3. Demonstrate accurate condition diagnosis and the application of the correct first aid treatment

during a simulated medical situation.4. Demonstrate the provision of pain relief with available first aid resources.5. Demonstrate, during simulation of a medical emergency, whether the patient has to be moved

due to life-threatening environmental danger or not, that injury or illness is prevented from becoming worse.

6. Demonstrate correct CPR on a training manikin during simulation of a patient with heart disease7. Demonstrate the correct and safe use of an AED on a patient during a medical emergency

simulation.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the AHAR recertification:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 60 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix C - Level 1 Defensive Driving (HSE) Courses and Assessments Course Title:

(DD01) Defensive Driving, Light Vehicles, Blacktop Roads Course Aim:

To promote SAFE driving behavior and eliminate the instances of motor vehicle crashes

Course Objectives 1. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.2. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Light Vehicles.3. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential AHAR Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 2. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )3. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.4. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather

effects5. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing

Road Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones; driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation)

6. Fatigue – causes and effects.7. Seat Belts and seating position.8. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Two (2) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Light vehicles,

blacktop roadsDD01 PDO & all contractor personnel required to drive light vehicles in

the performance of their work. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD01 CourseNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Current, valid ROP issued light vehicle driving licenceManagers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for ManagersPrescribed aids to vision

Page 61 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD01 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. During a 30 minute observed drive in a light vehicle in a city or large town based urban area,

demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

2. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

3. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a light commercial vehicle in city traffic under any conditions. Subject to conditions at the time of assessment, the Assessor may ask questions of the driver regarding decisions made. Questions are to be directly related to the situation at the time, with minimal distraction, and answers must be correct.

4. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.5. Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.6. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.7. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 8. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.9. In a classroom environment, accurately explain the three second rule and apply the rule

effectively during practical assessment in a light vehicle, whilst raveling urban roads. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD01 Course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 62 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD02) Defensive Driving, Heavy Vehicles, Blacktop Roads Course Aim:

To enhance the existing skills of a driver to operate a heavy rigid or articulated heavy vehicle and to promote Crash-Free Driving.

Course Objectives 1. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.2. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Heavy articulated and rigid chassis vehicles. 3. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD02 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 2. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )3. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.4. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads,

weather effects5. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, 6. Recognizing Road Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones;

driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation) 7. Fatigue – causes and effects.8. Seat Belts and seating position.9. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Heavy vehicles,

blacktop roadsDD02

PDO & all contractor personnel required to drive heavy vehicles in the performance of their work.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD02CourseNon-supervisory staff All delegates

(IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response Current, valid HSE passport(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks Current, valid ID or residency card issued by ROP.(AHAF) Current, valid AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED certificate

Safety FootwearCoverall or working clothingPrescribed aids to vision

Page 63 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD02 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. During a 30 minute observed drive in a heavy vehicle in a city or large town based urban area,

demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

2. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

3. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a heavy commercial vehicle in city traffic under any conditions.

4. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.5. Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.6. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.7. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 8. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.9. Accurately explain the three second rule and apply the rule effectively during practical assessment

in a heavy vehicle, whilst travelling urban roads.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD01 Course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 64 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD03) Defensive Driving, Graded Roads Course Aim:

To enhance the existing skills of a driver to operate a vehicle over graded roads and to promote Crash-Free Driving.

Course Objectives 4. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.5. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Light or Heavy Vehicles on a graded road.6. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD03 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Dust Code, Rollover, Windrows and safety lanes.2. Graded Road Hazards and vehicle handling characteristics.3. Vehicle checks/Pre trip inspection.4. Recognizing Road Hazard and risk. (Observation and Anticipation)5. Driver Attitude. (Hearts and Minds)6. Seat belts.7. Fatigue.8. Driving Systems.

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (4) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic , English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Graded roads DD03 All PDO & contractor personnel required to drive any vehicle type

on graded roads in the performance of their work. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD03 CourseNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.(DD01 or DD02) current, valid permit.

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Current, valid ROP issued light/heavy driving licenceManagers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

(DD01 or DD02) current , valid permit Prescribed aids to visionNon-Omani DD04 or DD05 permit holders MUST provide the vehicle type they are licensed to drive.

Page 65 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD03 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. During a 30 minute observed drive in a light or heavy vehicle on an approved graded road,

demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

2. Explain Graded Road Hazards and vehicle handling characteristics in a classroom syndicate environment, and apply the principles correctly during an on-road assessed drive.

3. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

4. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst using a light or heavy commercial vehicle on an approved graded road.

5. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.6. Correctly carry out a PDO pre-trip inspection of the vehicle.7. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.8. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 9. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.10. Demonstrate effective space management, adhering to the conditions present, during an assessed

drive on an approved graded road, at all times complying with the requirements of SP 2000.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD03 Course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 66 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD04) Defensive Driving, Bulk Tankers, Light & Heavy course Course Aim:

To promote SAFE driving behavior and eliminate the instances of motor vehicle crashes

Course Objectives 1. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.2. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Bulk Tankers.3. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD04 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 2. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )3. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.4. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather

effects5. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, 6. Recognizing Road Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones;

driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation) 7. Vehicle dynamics in relation to tankers.8. Fatigue – causes and effects.9. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Four (4) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Bulk Tankers, Light

& HeavyDD04

All PDO & Contactor drivers required to drive tanker vehicles on blacktop or graded roads in Oman in the performance of their work.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD04 CourseNon-supervisory staff All delegates(IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks Coverall or working clothing(DD01 or DD02) Defensive driving, light or heavy. Current, valid HSE passport.

Current, valid ID or residency card issued by ROPCurrent, valid ROP issued vehicle driving licencePrescribed aids to visionCurrent, valid DD permit of appropriate type.

Page 67 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD04 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs,

symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

2. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 3. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.4. In a classroom syndicate environment, correctly explain the characteristics of a bulk tanker when

full or part full.5. Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.6. During a 30 minute observed drive in a heavy vehicle in a city, large town based urban area, or in-

field environment, demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

7. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a heavy vehicle in city traffic under any conditions.

8. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.9. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.10. Demonstrate effective space management during practical assessment in a heavy vehicle, whilst

travelling on various road types. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD04 Course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 68 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD05) Defensive Driving, Buses, Light & Heavy courseCourse Aim:

To enhance the existing skills of a driver to operate a light or heavy bus.

Course Objectives 1. Demonstrate low risk driving techniques in driving a Bus.2. Display a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.3. Demonstrate the use of creating space and time.

Essential DD05 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 2. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )3. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.4. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather

effects5. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing

Road Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones; driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation)

6. Fatigue – causes and effects.7. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Light & Heavy Buses DD05 PDO & all contractor personnel required to drive light or heavy

bus vehicles in the performance of their work. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD05 CourseNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Prescribed aids to visionManagers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

(AHA) and Current, valid AHA Heartsaver 1st Aid, CPR & AED certificate Age over 25 yearsCurrent, valid ROP issued driving licence for vehicle being driven, either light (held for minimum 8 years and endorsed for bus driving) or heavy (held for at least 4 years and endorsed for bus driving).

Page 69 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD05 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 2. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.3. In a classroom syndicate environment, explain the dangers of driving in adverse conditions, the

correct action to be taken, and apply these principles correctly during a practical assessment.4. In a classroom environment, accurately explain the three second rule and apply the rule

effectively during practical assessment in a light vehicle, whilst travelling urban roads. During a 30 minute observed drive in a light or heavy bus in a city or large town based urban area, demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

5. Correctly explain the handling characteristics of buses, and demonstrate the sympathetic control of these during an assessed drive.

6. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

7. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a light commercial vehicle in city traffic under any conditions. Subject to conditions at the time of assessment, the Assessor may ask questions of the driver regarding decisions made. Questions are to be directly related to the situation at the time, with minimal distraction, and answers must be correct.

8. Demonstrate consideration for passenger safety and comfort.9. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.10. Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.11. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD05 Course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 70 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD06) Defensive Driving, Recertification Course Aim:

To promote SAFE driving behavior and eliminate the instances of motor vehicle crashes

Course Objectives Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Light Vehicles.Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD06 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather effectsCreating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing Road Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones; driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation) Fatigue – causes and effects.Seat Belts and seating position.Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Five and a half (5 ½ ) hours Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD permit recertification DD06 All PDO & Contractor staff holding DD permits of any kind,

required to drive in performance of their work or services. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD06 RecertificationNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Current, valid ROP issued light vehicle driving licenceManagers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

DD02 & DD05 permit holders (AHAF) + Current, valid AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED certificate

Prescribed aids to visionCurrent, valid DD permit of appropriate type

Page 71 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD06 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) During a 30 minute observed drive in a light or heavy bus in a city or large town based urban area, demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a light commercial vehicle in city traffic under any conditions. Subject to conditions at the time of assessment, the Assessor may ask questions of the driver regarding decisions made. Questions are to be directly related to the situation at the time, with minimal distraction, and answers must be correct. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone while driving.In a classroom environment, accurately explain the three second rule and apply the rule effectively during practical assessment in a light vehicle, whilst raveling urban roads.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD06 Recertification:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 72 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD07) Defensive Driving, PDO staff families, blacktop roads Course Aim:

To promote SAFE driving behavior and eliminate the instances of motor vehicle crashes

Course Objectives 7. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.8. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Light Vehicles.9. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD07 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)9. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 10. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )11. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.12. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather

effects13. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing Road

Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones; driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation)

14. Fatigue – causes and effects.15. Seat Belts and seating position.16. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Four (4) hours None Applicable Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD PDO staff spouses DD07 PDO staff family members holding recognised ROP driving

licences. Recommended

Pre-requisites for DD07 CourseFamily member of PDO employee 2 x Passport sized photos Sturdy, flat heeled closed footwear Coverall or working clothingPrescribed spectacles or contact lenses Valid ID or residency card issued by ROP.Physically and medically fit Current, valid ROP issued light vehicle driving licence

Page 73 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD07 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. During a 30 minute observed drive in a light vehicle in a city or large town based urban area,

demonstrate the constant use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and passenger sympathy, smooth use of brakes / clutch / accelerator, adjust speed for conditions of traffic / road / weather, steering technique – push pull method for high speed or hand over hand for low speed; seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

2. Correctly explain verbally in a classroom syndicate environment, the effects of fatigue, the signs, symptoms and root cause of fatigue, how medications and other drugs may affect drivers, and the action to be taken with all of these with respect to SJM requirements.

3. Demonstrate effective use of Observation and Anticipation skills whilst operating a light commercial vehicle in city traffic under any conditions. Subject to conditions at the time of assessment, the Assessor may ask questions of the driver regarding decisions made. Questions are to be directly related to the situation at the time, with minimal distraction, and answers must be correct.

4. Continually display a positive attitude towards other road users.5. Correctly carry out a PDO pre trip inspection of the vehicle.6. Demonstrate all elements of Hearts and Minds whilst driving.7. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of over speeding. 8. In a classroom syndicate environment, accurately explain the dangers of using a mobile phone

while driving.9. In a classroom environment, accurately explain the three second rule and apply the rule

effectively during practical assessment in a light vehicle, whilst raveling urban roads.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD07 Course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 74 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD08) Defensive Driving, Ambulance Drivers Course Aim:

To promote SAFE driving behavior and eliminate the instances of motor vehicle crashes

Course Objectives 10. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.11. Consistently Display low risk driving techniques in Light Vehicles.12. Reliably demonstrate the use of creating adequate space and time.

Essential DD08 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)17. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 18. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )19. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.20. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather

effects21. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing Road

Hazard and risk. – Systematic all-round observation; observation zones; driving planning; effects of observation and adjustments to plan (Observation and Anticipation)

22. Fatigue – causes and effects.23. Seat Belts and seating position.24. Driving Systems

Max. Duration Max. recertification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Forty (40) hours One (1) year Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Ambulance vehicle drivers DD08 PDO and contractor staff required to drive ambulance vehicles as

part of their work or services. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD08 CourseNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates

(IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response

(IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passport ID / res.

Card.(AHAF) AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED

Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors Current, valid ROP issued light vehicle driving licenceManagers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

Minimum of 5 years driving experience Prescribed aids to visionAged over 25 years

Page 75 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD08 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Identify and explain the law regarding emergency vehicles, their use of lights and sirens, negotiating

controlled and uncontrolled intersections, lane selection and the use of communication devices.2. Explain correctly in writing the characteristics of ambulance vehicles within PDO including seating

arrangements for all vehicle occupants and types of vehicle use, emergencies and patient transfers.3. During a 30 minute assessed drive in a light vehicle in a city or large town based urban area, demonstrate

during a commentary drive, constant effective use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and patient sympathy, smooth use of foot operated controls, appropriate speed for road environment conditions, appropriate steering control and use of seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

4. During assessed drives, consistently demonstrate the effective use of Hearts and Minds in your driving by staying within the law relating to ambulance vehicles, being consistently courteous to other road users, controlling the use of seat belts and driving to prevailing conditions.

5. During an on road driving assessment consistently demonstrate your use of the system of vehicle control to take, use, and give information, react systematically and flexibly to adjust road position, speed, gears and acceleration in order to safely negotiate a variety of hazards.

6. During an assessed drive, continually demonstrate a positive attitude towards other road users by giving and accepting (assertive) rights of way, as appropriate, at all types of intersections, roundabouts, changing lanes and merging, using indicators as appropriate, and without aggressive driving behaviour at any time.

7. Demonstrate effective use of observation and anticipation skills whilst conducting a commentary drive in a PDO ambulance in city traffic under any conditions.

8. During an assessed drive in a PDO ambulance, correctly answer questions about driving decisions made related to 360˚ observation, hazard identification, prioritizing hazards, managing risks, and the system of vehicle control.

9. Demonstrate effective commentary driving that reflects driver patience, the system of vehicle control, and actions being taken during a 30 minute drive under any conditions.

10. During assessed drives, demonstrate a consistent consideration for patient care and comfort, by adjusting the vehicle use to suit road and terrain conditions, and stopping safely if requested to by attendants.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD08 Course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 76 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(DD09) Defensive Driving, F&RS Emergency Vehicle driver Course Aim:

To equip the participants with the knowledge and skill to drive an Emergency Fire appliance safely

Course Objectives 1. Promote and develop a positive attitude towards driving and other road users.2. Demonstrate high quality emergency driving skills.3. Demonstrate knowledge of the vehicle’s handling characteristics.

Essential DD09 Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Driving environments – urban, rural, weather, road surfaces, traffic density & type. 2. Hearts and Minds (Attitude) – (e.g. human behaviours, emotional effects; )3. Vehicle checks – why, what, how, when, where and by whom. Records.4. Distractions - Mobile phone, audio, GPS, PDO radio, vehicle passengers, insecure loads, weather effects5. Creating space / use of speed. – response elements; braking distances v speed, Recognizing Road Hazard

and risk. – Systematic all-round observation (Observation and Anticipation) 6. Fatigue – causes and effects.7. Seat Belts and seating position.8. Commentary driving technique.9. Driving Systems and vehicle control10. Emergency response driving techniques.11. Skid control12. Positioning and cornering

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

Forty (40) hours One (1) year Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic , English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

DD Fire & Rescue Service

Emergency Vehicle Driver

DD09PDO or contractor staff required to drive fire & rescue service vehicles to emergency responses, as part of their work.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for DD09 CourseNon-supervisory staff Supervisory staff All delegates

(IND) HSE Induction 2 x Passport sized photos (IFR) Initial Fire Response Safety Footwear(DHR) Dealing with Hazards & Risks

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills, (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment, (SLS or SLM) Safety Lead’ship

Coverall or working clothingValid HSE passport ID / res. Card.(AHAF or AHAR) AHA Heartsaver First Aid, CPR & AED & current, valid certificate Current, valid ROP issued appropriate driving licence. 2 years PDO Fire & Rescue Service driving experience

Current, valid DD01, DD02 or DD05 permit, endorsed for DD03 Prescribed aids to vision

Page 77 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

DD09 Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Identify and explain the law regarding emergency vehicles, their use of lights and sirens, negotiating

controlled and uncontrolled intersections, lane selection and the use of communication devices.2. Explain correctly in writing the characteristics of fire and rescue response vehicles within PDO including

seating arrangements for all vehicle occupants, types of vehicle use, and emergency responses.3. During a 30 minute assessed drive in a light vehicle in a city or large town based urban area, demonstrate

during a commentary drive, constant effective use of low risk driving techniques including vehicle and patient sympathy, smooth use of foot operated controls, appropriate speed for road environment conditions, appropriate steering control and use of seat belt, that produces no more than 3 assessed major faults.

4. During assessed drives, consistently demonstrate the effective use of Hearts and Minds in your driving by staying within the law relating to fire and rescue service vehicles, being consistently courteous to other road users, controlling the use of seat belts and driving to prevailing conditions.

5. During an on road driving assessment consistently demonstrate your use of the system of vehicle control to take, use, and give information, react systematically and flexibly to adjust road position, speed, gears and acceleration in order to safely negotiate a variety of hazards.

6. During an assessed drive, continually demonstrate a positive attitude towards other road users by giving and accepting (assertive) rights of way, as appropriate, at all types of intersections, roundabouts, changing lanes and merging, using indicators as appropriate, and without aggressive driving behaviour at any time.

7. Demonstrate effective use of observation and anticipation skills whilst conducting a commentary drive in a PDO fire and rescue service vehicle in city traffic under any conditions.

8. During an assessed drive in a PDO fire and rescue service vehicle, correctly answer questions about driving decisions made related to 360˚ observation, hazard identification, prioritizing hazards, managing risks, and the system of vehicle control.

9. Demonstrate effective commentary driving that reflects driver patience, the system of vehicle control, and actions being taken during a 30 minute drive under any conditions.

10. During assessed drives, demonstrate high quality emergency vehicle driving techniques with consistent consideration for vehicle crew care and comfort, by adjusting the vehicle use to suit road and terrain conditions, and stopping safely if requested to by the crew commander.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the DD09 Course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications

SP 2000 – Road Transport Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 78 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix D – Level 1 (HSE) Lifting & Hoisting Level courses and assessments

Course Title:

(FLOP) Forklift Truck Operator courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe operation of fork lift trucks, and to ensure the safety of the operator, other persons nearby, the vehicle, the carried load, of nearby property, and the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and stability-triangle of any forklift, and situations leading

to overload and instability.3. De-stack and stack any load from / to any height with maximum safety.

Essential FLOP Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, primary & secondary controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity chart, calculating centre-of-gravity of every load.3. Principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients, cross-

slopes.4. Operational safety rules, e.g. operating in confined spaces, and near other persons /

equipment.5. Safety procedures for stacking and de-stacking, e.g. use of handbrake & neutral between

transition to/from lifting/transport.6. Principles of rear wheel steering and manoeuvring in confined spaces.7. Understanding communication from a Banksman.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Fork Lift Operator FLOPPDO Contractor staff required to

operate a fork lift truck Compulsory

Pre-requisites for FLOP training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE PassportCoverall or working clothing

(DHR) (non-supervisory) or (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills, (CMC) and (SLS or SLM) (supervisory/mgrs)

Hard Hat (RNB) Riggers & Banksman ID / res. Card.GP gloves (IFR) Initial Fire Response Valid/Current ROP licenceAged 21 or over 2 x Passport sized photos

Page 79 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

FLOP Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a forklift is serviceable or not. 2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the centre-of-gravity of any load.3. State the principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients,

cross-slopes.4. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all transport and lifting controls.5. Manoeuvre the forklift accurately in a confined location, maximising steering and

manoeuvrability.6. De-stack and stack any load from/to any height with maximum safety.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safe shutdown and parking.9. State what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the FLOP course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 80 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(FLOPR) Forklift Truck Operator scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim:

To assess a fork lift truck operator’s knowledge and skills to assure the safety of the operator, other persons nearby, the vehicle, the carried load, of nearby property, and the environment.

Assessment Objectives 1. Ensure operator can perform all pre-operating checks.2. Ensure operator understands the safe lifting-capacity and stability-triangle of any forklift, and

situations leading to overload and instability.3. Ensure the operator can de-stack and stack any load from / to any height with maximum

safety.Essential FLOPR Assessment components

1. Operating principles, primary & secondary controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity chart, calculating centre-of-gravity of every load.3. Principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients, cross-

slopes.4. Operational safety rules, e.g. operating in confined spaces, and near other persons /

equipment.5. Safety procedures for stacking and de-stacking, e.g. use of handbrake & neutral between

transition to/from lifting/transport.6. Principles of rear wheel steering and manoeuvring in confined spaces.7. Understanding communication from a Banksman.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Fork Lift Operator Re-assessment

FLOPRPDO Contractor staff previously FLOP Trained, or who have had equivalent prior training, and are required to operate a fork lift truck

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for FLOPR Assessment Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE PassportCoverall or working clothing DHR (non-supervisory) or HSE Tools & Skills (supervisory/mgrs)Hard Hat Riggers & Banksman ID / res. Card.GP gloves Initial Fire Response Valid/Current ROP licenceAged 21 or over Fork Lift Truck Operator 2 x Passport sized photos

Page 81 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

FLOPR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a forklift is serviceable or not. 2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the centre-of-gravity of any load.3. State the principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients,

cross-slopes.4. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all transport and lifting controls.5. Manoeuvre the forklift accurately in a confined location, maximising steering and

manoeuvrability.6. De-stack and stack any load from/to any height with maximum safety.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman.8. Demonstrate the rules for safe shutdown and parking.9. State what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the FLOPR assessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 82 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(HIAB) Self-Loader Crane Operator courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe operation of a HIAB crane, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks including levelling and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and the reach-capacity of any HIAB, and situations leading

to overload and instability.3. Lift, slew, reach, and lower any load from/to any radius/location with maximum safety.

Essential HIAB Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity/radius chart, calculating maximum reach for every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, slewing, reaching, and lowering any load from/to any

radius/location.5. Understanding communication from a Banksman.6. Transition to/from lifting/transport operations. 7. Understand both “knuckle-boom” and “telescopic-boom” variants of HIAB cranes.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeSelf-Loader Crane

OperatorHIAB

Contractor personnel required to operate self-loader cranes

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for HIAB training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Hard Hat Valid ROP licence ID / res. Card.

Eye protection (RNB) Riggers and Banksman Aged 21 or over

(DHR) non-supervisory or (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (supervisory/managerial)

Page 83 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HIAB Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a HIAB is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location radius for any load.3. State when and how he would need to reposition a HIAB crane where the load was beyond its

reach capacity.4. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, slew, reach, and lower

any load from/to any location with maximum safety.6. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any swing.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safe transit to/from transit/lifting, and the requirements

for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, and levelling & stability before lifting operations.

9. State what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the HIAB course:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 84 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(HIABR) Self-Loader Crane Operator scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To provide assurance a HIAB crane operator, is able to operate the vehicle to ensure the safety of himself, other persons nearby, the crane, the suspended load, of nearby property, and the environment.

Assessment Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks including levelling and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and the reach-capacity of any HIAB, and situations leading to

overload and instability.3. Lift, slew, reach, and lower any load from/to any radius/location with maximum safety.

Essential HIABR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity/radius chart, calculating maximum reach for every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, slewing, reaching, and lowering any load from/to any radius/location.5. Understanding communication from a Banksman.6. Transition to/from lifting/transport operations.7. Understand both “knuckle-boom” and “telescopic-boom” variants of HIAB cranes.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

HIAB Operator Reassessment

HIABRContractor personnel certified to operate self-loader cranes

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for HIABR assessment Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (IFP) HSE Induction, site specific Valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Hard Hat Valid ROP licence ID / res. Card.

Eye protection (RNB) Riggers and Banksman Aged 21 or over

Self-Loader carne (HIAB) Operator (DHR) non-supervisory or (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (supervisory/mgr)

Page 85 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HIABR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and identify correctly if a HIAB is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location radius for any load.3. When the load is beyond the HIAB’s reach capacity, demonstrate the correct actions that should be

taken.4. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. From a selection of available lifting slings, rigging, chains, shackles and other accessories, correctly

identify those that are certified as safe to use, and explain how you made your decision.6. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, slew, reach, and lower

any load from/to any location with maximum safety.7. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any swing.8. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman.9. Demonstrate your knowledge, understanding and use of the rules for safe transit to/from

transit/lifting, and requirements for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, levelling & stability before lifting operations during tasks set by the assessor.

10. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be taken by a HIAB operator.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the HIABR reassessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 86 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(MCOP) Mobile Crane Operator courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe operation of a mobile crane, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks, including levelling and safety checks. 2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity, travel, and reach capacity of any mobile crane, and

situations leading to overload and instability. 3. Lift, slew, reach, and lower any load from/to any radius/location with maximum safety.

Essential MCOP Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity/radius chart, and calculating the maximum reach for every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, slewing, reaching and lowering any load from/to any radius/location.5. Understand and respond to communication from a Banksman.6. Understanding communication from a Banksman.7. Transition to/from lifting/transport operations.8. Understand how to re-rope, re-sheave and to rig a fly jib.9. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Forty (40) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Mobile Crane Operator MCOP Contractor personnel required to operate a crane. Compulsory Pre-requisites for MCOP training

Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Coverall or working clothing DHR (non-supervisory) ID / res. Card.

(RNB) Riggers & Banksman Supervisors – (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills, (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment, (SLS) Safety leadership

Valid & current ROP licence for plant typeAge 21 or over

Page 87 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

MCOP Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. Correctly perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a mobile crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate correctly if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity

chart and measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location radius for any load.3. Correctly state when & how the mobile crane should be repositioned when the load is beyond its

reach capacity.4. Explain correctly the principles of safe rigging and slinging; the use and limitations of all types of

chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, reach, and lower any

load from/to any location with maximum safety.6. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any swing.7. Correctly understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, slew,

reach, and lower a load in blind situations.8. Correctly state and/or demonstrate the rules for safe transit to/from transit/lifting, the

requirements for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, and levelling and stability before lifting operations.

9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be taken by Mobile Crane operator.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the MCOP course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 88 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(MCOPR) Mobile Crane Operator scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To assure that a mobile crane operator remains able to safely operate a mobile crane, ensuring the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Assessment Objectives Confirm through assessment that the operator can:1. Perform all pre-operating checks, including levelling and safety checks. 2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity, travel, and reach capacity of any mobile crane, and

situations leading to overload and instability. 3. Lift, slew, reach, and lower any load from/to any radius/location with maximum safety.

Essential MCOPR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity/radius chart, and calculating the maximum reach for every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, slewing, reaching and lowering any load from/to any

radius/location.5. Understand and respond to communication from a Banksman.6. Understanding communication from a Banksman.7. Transition to/from lifting/transport operations.8. Understand how to re-rope, re-sheave and to rig a fly jib.9. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Three and a half (3 ½ ) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeMobile Crane Operator

ReassessmentMCOPR

Contractor personnel required to operate a crane.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for MCOPR assessment Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff ID / res. Card.

(MCOP) Mobile Crane Operator, or equivalent prior training, within last 3 years.

(RNB) Riggers and Banksman Valid & current ROP licence for plant type

Supervisory – (HTS), (CMC) + (SLS) Age 21 or over

Page 89 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

MCOPR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. Correctly perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a mobile crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate correctly if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity

chart and measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location radius for any load.3. Correctly state when & how the mobile crane should be repositioned when the load is beyond

its reach capacity.4. Explain correctly the principles of safe rigging and slinging; the use and limitations of all types

of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, reach, and lower any

load from/to any location with maximum safety.6. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any

swing.7. Correctly understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, slew,

reach, and lower a load in blind situations.8. Correctly state and/or demonstrate the rules for safe transit to/from transit/lifting, the

requirements for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, and levelling and stability before lifting operations.

9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be taken by Mobile Crane operator.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the MCOPR assessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 90 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(MEWP) Mobile Elevating Work Platform Operator courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe operation of a MEWP, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons carried and nearby, the safety of the MEWP, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks including levelling and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and the safe maximum reach-capacity (where applicable) of

any MEWP, and situations leading to overload and instability.3. Lift, travel, steer, slew, reach, (as appropriate) and lower the occupants from/to any location,

radius/height with maximum safety.Essential MEWP Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, travelling, elevating, and levelling controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients, cross-

slopes, debris, uneven surface, lifting capacity, and reach.3. Operational safety rules, e.g. operating in confined spaces, and near other persons / equipment,

and overhead electrical cables.4. Differences and limitations of the various MEWP types: – Scissor MEWP; Knuckle-boom MEWP;

Telescopic-boom MEWP; and Mast MEWP, types.5. Safety procedures for lifting, travelling, steering, slewing, reaching, (as appropriate) and lowering.6. Principles of steering and manoeuvring in confined spaces.7. Understanding communication from a Banksman.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire, hydraulic

failure, power failure.Max. Course Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Mobile Elevating Work Platform Operator

MEWPContractor personnel required to operate a Mobile Elevating Working Platform or Bucket Truck. Compulsory

Pre-requisites for MEWP training Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing Initial Fire Response Valid ROP licence

Hard hat DHR or HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.

Eye protection Age 21 or over 2 x Passport sized photos

Page 91 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

MEWP Assessment Performance criteria (Must be able to do)

1. Perform all pre-operating checks and identify correctly if a MEWP is serviceable or not.2. Correctly determine the maximum number of occupants to be raised, based on reading the

lifting capacity chart and measurement of the reach required.3. State the principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients,

cross-slopes, debris, uneven surface, lifting capacity, reach.4. During a given set of tasks, demonstrate safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all transport

and lifting controls.5. Manoeuvre the MEWP accurately in a confined location, maximising steering and

manoeuvrability.6. Raise, slew, reach, and lower the working platform from/to any reach/height with maximum

safety.7. Clearly explain the differences and limitations of the various – Scissor MEWP, Knuckle-boom

MEWP, Telescopic-boom MEWP, and Mast MEWP, types.8. Demonstrate the rules for safe shutdown and parking.9. State the correct actions to be taken in a variety of emergency situations, e.g. diesel/electrical /

hydraulic failure, electrical contact, overturn, fire.10. Given an emergency situation by the assessor, take the correct actions to deal with it.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the MEWP course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 92 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(MEWPR) Mobile Elevating Work Platform operator, scheduled ReassessmentAssessment Aim:

To provide assurance a MEWP operator, can safely operate the vehicle and ensure the safety of himself, other persons carried and nearby, the MEWP, of nearby property, and the environment.

Assessment Objectives Conduct activities that enable the delegate to reconfirm their ability to:1. Perform all pre-operating checks including levelling and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and the safe maximum reach-capacity (where applicable) of

any MEWP, and situations leading to overload and instability.3. Lift, travel, steer, slew, reach, (as appropriate) and lower the occupants from/to any location,

radius/height with maximum safety.Essential MEWPR Assessment components

1. Operating principles, travelling, elevating, and levelling controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients, cross-

slopes, debris, uneven surface, lifting capacity, and reach.3. Operational safety rules, e.g. operating in confined spaces, and near other persons / equipment,

and overhead electrical cables.4. Differences and limitations of the various MEWP types: – Scissor MEWP; Knuckle-boom MEWP;

Telescopic-boom MEWP; and Mast MEWP, types.5. Safety procedures for lifting, travelling, steering, slewing, reaching, (as appropriate) and lowering.6. Principles of steering and manoeuvring in confined spaces.7. Understanding communication from a Banksman.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire, hydraulic

failure, power failure.Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Mobile Elevating Work Platform reassessment

MEWPR Previously trained Contractor personnel required to operate a Mobile Elevating Working Platform or Bucket Truck.

Compulsory

Page 93 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for MEWPR Assessment Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response Valid ROP licenceHard hat (DHR) or (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.Eye protection (MEWP), or equivalent prior

training, within previous 3 yearsAge 21 or over

MEWPR Assessment Performance criteria (Must be able to do)

1. Perform all pre-operating checks and identify correctly if a MEWP is serviceable or not.2. Correctly determine the maximum number of occupants to be raised, based on reading the

lifting capacity chart and measurement of the reach required.3. State the principles of dynamic stability and causes of instability, e.g. speed, steering, gradients,

cross-slopes, debris, uneven surface, lifting capacity, reach.4. During a given set of tasks, demonstrate safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all transport

and lifting controls.5. Manoeuvre the MEWP accurately in a confined location, maximising steering and

manoeuvrability.6. Raise, slew, reach, and lower the working platform from/to any reach/height with maximum

safety.7. Clearly explain the differences and limitations of the various – Scissor MEWP, Knuckle-boom

MEWP, Telescopic-boom MEWP, and Mast MEWP, types.8. Demonstrate the rules for safe shutdown and parking.9. State the correct actions to be taken in a variety of emergency situations, e.g. diesel/electrical /

hydraulic failure, electrical contact, overturn, fire.10. Given an emergency situation by the assessor, take the correct actions to deal with it.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the MEWPR assessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 94 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(OTCO) Overhead Travelling Crane Operator courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe operation of an overhead crane, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and safety checks. 2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity, travel, and horizontal limitations of an overhead crane, and

situations leading to overload. 3. Lift, bridge, trolley, and lower any load from/to any location with maximum safety.

Essential OTCO Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity of the crane and calculating the weight of every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, bridging, trolleying, and lowering any load from/to any location.5. Understand and respond to communication from a Banksman.6. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, bridge, trolley,

and lower a load in blind situations.7. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Overhead Travelling Crane Operator

OTCOContractor personnel required to operate overhead travelling cranes

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for OTCO training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction site-specific Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff ID / res. Card.

Eye protection (RNB) Riggers and Banksman Valid & current ROP licence

GP gloves Supervisory staff – (HTS), (CMC), (SLS) Age 21 or over

Page 95 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

OTCO Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if an overhead crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity and the

estimated or actual weight of each load.3. State the action to be taken if a load is not below the position of the trolley.4. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, bridge, trolley, and

lower any load from/to any location with maximum safety.6. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any

swing.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, bridge, trolley,

and lower a load in blind situations.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safety in the event of a loss of electrical power.9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should

be taken by an Overhead Travelling Crane operator.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the OTCO course:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 96 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(OTCOR) Overhead Travelling Crane Operator scheduled ReassessmentAssessment Aim:

To provide assurance the operator of an overhead crane is able to do so whilst ensuring the safety of himself, other persons nearby, the crane, the suspended load, of nearby property, and the environment.

Assessment Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity, travel, and horizontal limitations of an overhead crane, and

situations leading to overload.3. Lift, bridge, trolley, and lower any load from/to any location with maximum safety.

Essential OTCOR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Reading the lifting capacity of the crane and calculating the weight of every load.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, bridging, trolleying, and lowering any load from/to any location.5. Understand and respond to communication from a Banksman.6. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, bridge, trolley, and

lower a load in blind situations.7. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeOverhead Travelling

Crane Operator Recertification

OTCORContractor personnel previously trained to operate overhead travelling cranes.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for OTCOR Assessment Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response 2 x Passport sized photos

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff ID / res. Card.

Eye protection (RNB) Riggers and Banksman Valid & current ROP licence

GP gloves (OTCO), or equivalent prior training, within last 3 years. Age 21 or over

Supervisors – (HTS), (CMC), (SLS).

Page 97 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

OTCOR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if an overhead crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity and the

estimated or actual weight of each load.3. State the action to be taken if a load is not below the position of the trolley.4. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.5. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, bridge, trolley, and

lower any load from/to any location with maximum safety.6. Position a suspended load accurately in a confined location, minimising or countering any swing.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, bridge, trolley,

and lower a load in blind situations.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safety in the event of a loss of electrical power.9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be

taken by a Overhead Travelling Crane operator.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the OTCOR assessment:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 98 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(RNB) Riggers and Banksman courseCourse Aim:

To teach the safe use of lifting equipment and accessories, and safe signalling methods during lifting operations; to ensure the safety of the Banksman, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane and equipment, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Understand the inspection, certification, storage, maintenance and colour coding of lifting

accessories, and understand and perform all configurations of safe rigging and slinging for all types of loads.

2. Understand basic crane operating principles, including outriggers & stability, levelling, load charts, and limitations in lifting capacity and reach.

3. Ability to display all signals to the crane operator using a variety of signalling methods including, radio, flag, whistle, and arm signals.

Essential RNB Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Inspection, certification, storage, maintenance, and colour coding of lifting accessories.2. Understand all types of rigging and slinging principles using all types of chains, wire ropes, slings,

shackles and accessories, including calculating the imposed load within all parts of a multiple-leg rigging system for all types of loads.

3. Perform all configurations of safe rigging and slinging using chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles and accessories for all types of loads.

4. Understand basic crane operating principles, including outriggers & stability, levelling, load charts, and limitations in lifting capacity and reach.

5. Display all signals to the crane operator using a variety of signalling methods including, radio, flag, whistle, and arm signals.

6. Recognise when any environmental conditions will prevent any lift from commencing.7. Understand lateral & longitudinal stability; gradients, & cross slopes, and dynamic stability of a

swinging load.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, collapse, overturn, fire.

Max. Course Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse

TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Riggers and Banksman

RNBContractor personnel required to act as a banksman, crane operator, P-I-C of a lift, lift equipment maintainer, or competent authorised person in respect of a lifting operation..

Compulsory

Page 99 of 218 SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for RNB training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passportHard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing

(DHR) non-supervisory staff Age 21 or overEye protection Supervisory staff – (HTS) HSE Tool & Skills & (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance

AssessmentGP gloves (SLS) if a supervisor (SLM) if a manager

RNB Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When shown a mixed group of lifting equipment, selecting only those that may be safely used, and

explain why.2. Demonstrate how you would prepare to rig and sling, when presented with 3 different load types

to be lifted. 3. When given the mass of a lift, correctly calculate the imposed load within all parts of a multiple leg

rigging system.4. Carry out all configurations of safe rigging and slinging using chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles and

accessories.5. From images of, or real, items of lifting plant correctly explain the differences between various

crane types including limitations in lifting capacity and reach, and the operating principles of each.6. Display all signals to the crane operator using each of the available signalling methods.7. Correctly explain lateral & longitudinal stability and by what and how they can be reduced or

increased.8. Correctly explain the environmental conditions that will prevent any lift from commencing, and

why.9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be

taken by a rigger and banksman.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to RNB course:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 100 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(RNBR) Riggers and Banksman scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To provide assurance that a trained rigger and banksman remains able to use lifting equipment and accessories safely, using safe signalling methods during lifting operations thus ensuring the safety of the Banksman, of other persons nearby, the crane and equipment, the suspended load, of nearby property, and the environment.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm that inspection, certification, storage, maintenance and colour coding of lifting

accessories, and perform all configurations of safe rigging and slinging for all types of loads is clearly understood and carried out.

2. Confirm that basic crane operating principles, including outriggers & stability, levelling, load charts, and limitations in lifting capacity and reach remain clearly understood.

3. Confirm the banksman’s continued ability to display all correct signals to the crane operator using a variety of signalling methods including, radio, flag, whistle, and arm signals.

Essential RNB Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Inspection, certification, storage, maintenance, and colour coding of lifting accessories.2. Understand all types of rigging and slinging principles using all types of chains, wire ropes, slings,

shackles and accessories, including calculating the imposed load within all parts of a multiple-leg rigging system for all types of loads.

3. Perform all configurations of safe rigging and slinging using chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles and accessories for all types of loads.

4. Understand basic crane operating principles, including outriggers & stability, levelling, load charts, and limitations in lifting capacity and reach.

5. Display all signals to the crane operator using a variety of signalling methods including, radio, flag, whistle, and arm signals.

6. Recognise when any environmental conditions will prevent any lift from commencing.7. Understand lateral & longitudinal stability; gradients, & cross slopes, and dynamic stability of a

swinging load.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, collapse, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Riggers & Banksman Recertification

RNBRContractor personnel previously trained to act as a banksman, crane operator, P-I-C of a lift, lift equipment maintainer, or

competent authorised person in respect of a lifting operation..Compulsory

Page 101 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for RNBR AssessmentSafety Footwear & GP gloves (IND) + (INDP) Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff Age 21 or over

Eye protection Supervisory staff (HTS) HSE Tool & Skills & (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

(RNB) Riggers & Banksman SLS (if supervisory) SLM (if manager)

RNBR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. When shown a mixed group of lifting equipment, selecting only those that may be safely used, and explain why.2. Demonstrate how you would prepare to rig and sling, when presented with 3 different load types to be lifted. 3. When given the mass of a lift, correctly calculate the imposed load within all parts of a multiple leg rigging system.4. Carry out all configurations of safe rigging and slinging using chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles and accessories.5. From images of, or real, items of lifting plant correctly explain the differences between various crane types including

limitations in lifting capacity and reach, and the operating principles of each.6. Display all signals to the crane operator using each of the available signalling methods.7. Correctly explain lateral & longitudinal stability and by what and how they can be reduced or increased.8. Correctly explain the environmental conditions that will prevent any lift from commencing, and why.9. When provided with emergency scenario descriptions, explain the correct actions that should be

taken by a rigger and banksman.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the RNBR assessment:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 102 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SBTO) Side Boom Tractor Operator courseAssessment Aim:

To teach the safe operation of a side boom crane, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Course Objectives 1. Perform all pre-operating and safety checks.2. Understand the safe lifting-capacity and the reach-capacity of any side boom crane, and situations

leading to overload and instability.3. Lift, travel, reach, and lower any load from/to any location with maximum safety.

Essential SBTO Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Principles of track laying steering, and manoeuvring in confined spaces.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, travelling, reaching, and lowering any load from/to any location.5. Understanding communication from a Banksman. 6. Reading the lifting capacity/reach chart, calculating maximum reach for every load, and the

requirement for additional counterbalance.7. Understand ground stability and safe distance from the edge of the excavation.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Course Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Side Boom Tractor Operator

SBTO Contractor personnel required to operate a side boom tractor.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SBTO training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff Age 21 or over

Eye protection (RNB) Rigger & Banksman Valid ROP licence

GP gloves Supervisory staff (HTS), (CMC) & (SLS or SLM) 2 x Passport sized photo

Page 103 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SBTO Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a side boom crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location for any load.3. State when and how he would need to reposition a side boom crane where the load was beyond

its reach capacity, coupled with the minimum clearance from an excavation.4. Calculate the counterbalance weight required to safely perform a specific task.5. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.6. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, travel, reach, and lower

any load from/to any location with maximum safety.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, travel, reach, and

lower a load in blind situations.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safe transit to/from transit/lifting, and the requirements

for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, and counterbalance & stability before lifting operations.

9. State what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SBTO course:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 104 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SBTOR) Side Boom Tractor Operator scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

Confirm the delegate remains able to safely operate a side boom crane, to ensure the safety of the operator, the safety of other persons nearby, the safety of the crane, the safety of the suspended load, safety of nearby property, and safety of the environment.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegate remains able to perform all pre-operating and safety checks.2. Confirm delegate retains understanding of the safe lifting-capacity and the reach-capacity of any

side boom crane, and situations leading to overload and instability.3. Confirm delegate can lift, travel, reach, and lower any load with a SBT from/to any location with

maximum safety.Essential SBTOR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Operating principles, operator controls, and mechanical daily checks.2. Principles of track-laying steering, and manoeuvring in confined spaces.3. Rigging and slinging principles; use and limitations all types of chains, wire ropes, slings, shackles,

and accessories.4. Safety procedures for lifting, travelling, reaching, and lowering any load from/to any location.5. Understanding communication from a Banksman. 6. Reading the lifting capacity/reach chart, calculating maximum reach for every load, and the

requirement for additional counterbalance.7. Understand ground stability and safe distance from the edge of the excavation.8. Emergencies – what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Three (3)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeSide Boom Tractor

OperatorSBTOR Previously SBTO trained contractor personnel

required to operate a side boom tractor.Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SBTOR Assessment Safety Footwear & hard hat (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific Valid HSE passport

Eye protection & GP gloves (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (DHR) non-supervisory staff Age 21 or over

(RNB) Rigger & Banksman Valid ROP licence

(SBTO) Side Boom Tractor Operator, or equivalent prior training, within last 3 years. 2 x Passport sized photo

Page 105 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SBTOR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Perform all pre-operating checks and verify if a side boom crane is serviceable or not.2. Calculate if a particular load can be lifted or not, based on reading the lifting capacity chart and

measurement of the lifting/lowering reach location for any load.3. State when and how he would need to reposition a side boom crane where the load was beyond

its reach capacity, coupled with the minimum clearance from an excavation.4. Calculate the counterbalance weight required to safely perform a specific task.5. State the principles of safe rigging and slinging; state the use and limitations all types of chains,

wire ropes, slings, shackles, and other accessories.6. Make safe, correct, delicate, and accurate use of all lifting controls to lift, travel, reach, and lower

any load from/to any location with maximum safety.7. Understand and respond to all signals from a Banksman, with the ability to lift, travel, reach, and

lower a load in blind situations.8. State and/or demonstrate the rules for safe transit to/from transit/lifting, and the requirements

for load and crane security before moving the vehicle, and counterbalance & stability before lifting operations.

9. State what to do in emergency situations, e.g. electrical contact, overturn, fire.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SBTOR assessment:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 106 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix E – Level 2 HSE Courses and AssessmentsCourse Title:

(AGT) Authorised Gas Tester courseCourse Aim:

Provide individuals with the knowledge, understanding and skills to act as authorised gas testers.Course Objectives

1. Provide awareness of when and why gas testing is required, i.e. for confined spaces and for hot work.2. Provide knowledge on use of gas testing equipment.3. Provide knowledge of how to conduct, interpret and document gas testing in confined spaces and for hot work.

Essential AGT Syllabus components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. Narcotic effects of hydrocarbons.2. Testing in confined spaces, covering confined space criteria; the type of production operation being tested for

flammable and toxic gases; the potential cumulative hazards of operations within an oxygen deficient, toxic or flammable environment; carrying out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment before testing activities and confined space entry; using safe systems of work including Confined Space Entry and PTW procedures; using observers to raise the alarm and initiate emergency response.

2. Testing for hot work, covering hot work criteria; the type of production operation being tested for flammable and toxic gases; the principles of hot work gas testing as applied to the work area; the hazards and properties of flammable gases – to include gas and vapour cloud movement; the acceptable levels of flammable gases and the correct amount of Oxygen; carrying out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment before testing Activities; using safe systems of work including PTW procedures; and using observers to raise the alarm and initiate emergency response.

3. Use of atmosphere / gas measuring and monitoring equipment, covering how to access and interpret the relevant operational instructions; the operating principles of atmosphere monitoring and measuring equipment and frequently observed failure modes; the strengths and weaknesses of the various types of atmospheric flammable and toxic gas detection equipment - to include transportable, portable and personal monitors; how to correctly select between aspirating and non-aspirating detectors to obtain a representative sample of the atmosphere being tested; equipment required in inert atmospheres; gas detector pre-start checks; and calibrating the instruments used in atmospheric testing.

4. Gas testing in confined spaces, covering the hazards and properties of flammable and toxic gases including oxygen deficiency and enrichment, nitrogen and specialist materials appropriate to the location; the behaviour of different gases – to include heavier than air & lighter than air behaviour and “neutral buoyancy” effect; the range and frequency of tests; acceptable levels of flammable and toxic gases and the correct amount of oxygen; the implications of WEL for toxic gases and LEL for flammable gases; how to set up the relevant detector for each gas testing application, its potential failure modes and confirming its correct functioning; performing gas tests in sequence; how to correctly select between aspirating and non-aspirating detectors to obtain a representative sample of the atmosphere being tested; how to obtain a representative atmosphere sample from a range of confined spaces; taking samples at the top, middle and bottom to locate varying concentrations of gases and vapors; sampling confined spaces at a distance from the opening because air intrusion near the entrance can give a false sense of adequate oxygen present; testing flammable gases in inert atmospheres; monitoring and retesting after the initial entry; where to site ongoing monitoring equipment for vessel entry.

Page 107 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

5. Gas testing for hot work, covering the different types of detectors used for the flammable product; how to set up the relevant detector for each gas testing application and confirm its correct functioning; how to correctly select between aspirating and non-aspirating detectors, relevant to the atmosphere being tested; the operating principles of atmospheric monitoring and measuring equipment including their strengths, weaknesses and frequently observed failure modes; and where to locate ‘sentinel styled’ portable or transportable site monitoring equipment for optimum benefit.

6. Interpreting and documenting the results of a gas test, covering how to interpret the results, to include both normal and abnormal; how to document the results and advise relevant personnel.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLYCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Authorised Gas Tester AGT PDO & contractor personnel designated as Authorised Gas Testers Compulsory

Pre-requisites for AGT training Non-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial

staff All staff

HSE Induction (IND) HSE Inductions (IND) & (INDP) Safety Footwear & Hard hat

Initial Fire Response (IFR) (IFR), (FW) & (H2S) Coverall or working clothing

H2S Awareness & Escape (H2S) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS) ID / residency card

PDO Intranet online HSE Induction site-specific (INDP)

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

Current, valid HSE passport

Fire Warden (FW) Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

3 months concession area work experience

HSE Tools & Skills (HTS) Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

Medically & physically fit

Letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

AGT Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When given the names of three different hydrocarbons, correctly explain their narcotic effects.2. Correctly explain:

The implications of applicable PDO procedures; The hazards of operations within an oxygen deficient, toxic or flammable environment; What the confined space criteria are; The behaviour of different flammable and toxic gases including H2S, SO2, CO, CO2, and alkanes that

are normally vapour at ambient conditions; The acceptable levels of another flammable and toxic gases including H2S, , SO2, CO, CO2, and

alkanes that are normally vapour at ambient conditions; The operating principles of atmosphere monitoring and measuring equipment;

3. The pre-start – correctly explain

Page 108 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

How you would correctly calibrate atmosphere monitoring and measuring equipment; How to set up the relevant detector for each gas testing application;

4. The range and frequency of tests – correctly explain: How a representative atmosphere sample should be obtained; How to specify continuous monitoring or retesting frequency; Given an operational scenario, where you would site ongoing monitoring equipment; What ‘hot work’ means; The hazards associated with it in relation to the production of flammable and toxic gases; The hazards and properties of flammable gases; The principles of hot work gas testing; The strengths and weaknesses of flammable and toxic gas detection equipment.

5. At an actual or simulated operational workplace for confined space entry: Carry out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment after interpreting operational requirements. Demonstrate you can correctly identify the appropriate safe systems of work needed and can use

them, including the Permit to Work system Demonstrate you can select and use the correct PPE and RPE before a gas testing operation. Demonstrate you can carry out gas detector pre-start checks correctly. Demonstrate you can perform gas tests in the correct sequence.

6. Given a set of readings from the instruments you selected, demonstrate you are able to correctly interpret and document the results.

7. At an actual or simulated operational workplace where hot work is to take/is taking place: Carry out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment after interpreting operational requirements and

instructions; Demonstrate you can correctly identify the appropriate safe systems of work needed and can use

them, including the Permit to Work system; Demonstrate you can identify the correct detector to use for a given flammable product; Carry out detector pre-start checks; Demonstrate how to locate and set up the relevant detector and confirm its correct functioning; Demonstrate where to locate sentinel styled equipment for optimum benefit; Demonstrate you can correctly obtain a representative sample of the atmosphere being tested; Given a set of readings from the instruments you selected, demonstrate you are able to correctly

interpret and document the results.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the AGT course:

CP 122 – HSE Management System PR-1148 - Entry into a Confined Space ProcedurePR-1154 - Gas Testing Procedure PR-1172 - Permit to Work ProcedurePR 2011 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP1157 – HSE Training Specifications

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 109 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

This page left blank deliberately

Page 110 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(AGTR) Authorised Gas Tester scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

Confirm individuals have retained the knowledge, understanding and skills to act as authorised gas testers.Assessment Objectives

1. Confirm the delegate has retained awareness of when and why gas testing is required, i.e. for confined spaces and for hot work.

2. Confirm delegate has retained the knowledge on use of gas testing equipment.3. Confirm delegate has retained the knowledge of how to conduct, interpret and document gas testing in

confined spaces and for hot work.Essential AGTR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Narcotic effects of hydrocarbons.2. Testing in confined spaces, covering confined space criteria 3. Testing for hot work, covering hot work criteria 4. Use of atmosphere / gas measuring and monitoring equipment5. Gas testing in confined spaces6. Gas testing for hot work7. Interpreting and documenting the results of a gas test

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLYCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Authorised Gas Tester Re-certification

AGTRPDO & contractor personnel who have been previously trained as Authorised Gas Testers

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for AGTR AssessmentNon-supervisory staff Supervisory/Managerial staff All staff

HSE Induction (IND) HSE Inductions (IND) & (INDP) Safety Footwear & Hard hat

Initial Fire Response (IFR) (IFR), (FW) & (H2S) Coverall or working clothing

H2S Awareness & Escape (H2S) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS) Eye protection

HSE Induction site-specific (INDP) (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment Current, valid HSE passport

Fire Warden (FW) Supervisors – (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors ID / residency Card.

HSE Tools & Skills (HTS) Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers Medically & physically fit

Authorised Gas Tester (AGT) (AGT) Authorised Gas Tester Current, valid AGT permit

Letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

Page 111 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

AGTR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When given the names of three different hydrocarbons, correctly explain their narcotic effects.2. Correctly explain:

The implications of applicable PDO procedures; The hazards of operations within an oxygen deficient, toxic or flammable environment; What the confined space criteria are; The behaviour of different flammable and toxic gases including H2S, SO2, CO, CO2, and alkanes that are normally

vapour at ambient conditions; The acceptable levels of another flammable and toxic gases including H2S, , SO2, CO, CO2, and alkanes that are

normally vapour at ambient conditions; The operating principles of atmosphere monitoring and measuring equipment;

3. The pre-start How you would correctly calibrate atmosphere monitoring and measuring equipment; How to set up the relevant detector for each gas testing application;

4. The range and frequency of tests; How a representative atmosphere sample should be obtained; How to specify continuous monitoring or retesting frequency; Given an operational scenario, where you would site ongoing monitoring equipment; What ‘hot work’ means; The hazards associated with it in relation to the production of flammable and toxic gases; The hazards and properties of flammable gases; The principles of hot work gas testing; The strengths and weaknesses of flammable and toxic gas detection equipment.

5. At an actual or simulated operational workplace for confined space entry: Carry out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment after interpreting operational requirements. Demonstrate you can correctly identify the appropriate safe systems of work needed and can use

them, including the Permit to Work system Demonstrate you can select and use the correct PPE and RPE before a gas testing operation. Demonstrate you can carry out gas detector pre-start checks correctly. Demonstrate you can perform gas tests in the correct sequence.

6. Given a set of readings from the instruments you selected, demonstrate you are able to correctly interpret and document the results.

7. At an actual or simulated operational workplace where hot work is to take/is taking place: Carry out a suitable and sufficient risk assessment after interpreting operational requirements and

instructions; Demonstrate you can correctly identify the appropriate safe systems of work needed and can use

them, including the Permit to Work system; Demonstrate you can identify the correct detector to use for a given flammable product; Carry out detector pre-start checks; Demonstrate how to locate and set up the relevant detector and confirm its correct functioning; Demonstrate where to locate sentinel styled equipment for optimum benefit; Demonstrate you can correctly obtain a representative sample of the atmosphere being tested; Given a set of readings from the instruments you selected, demonstrate you are able to correctly

interpret and document the results.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the AGTR assessment:

CP 122 – HSE Management System PR-1148 - Entry into a Confined Space ProcedurePR-1154 - Gas Testing Procedure PR-1172 - Permit to Work ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 112 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:(CHAS) Chemical Handling Awareness for Supervisors course

Course Aim:To provide PDO and Contractor staff with an awareness of, and the knowledge to control, the potential safety and health hazards or environmental damage arising from the transport, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals.

Course Objectives1. Describe and apply the procedures for approving of chemicals.2. Identify the class of a hazardous chemical by recognizing signs, symbols and labels.

Describe the safety, Health and environmental hazards of commonly occurring hazardous chemicals.

3. Describe and apply the procedures for approving of chemicals.4. Apply safety handling date in SHOC system.

Essential CHAS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Legislative responsibilities (Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals)

2. Control strategies in relation to the handling of chemicals/ Transport/ Storage and Segregation

3. Classification of Chemical Substances and Preparations Material safety data sheets (MSDSs) – SHOC / PDO procedures for approving of chemicals.

4. Personal Protective Equipment5. Overview of Safe Systems of Work, including "Permit to Work" and "Hot Work" permits

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Chemical Hazards Awareness for Supervisors

CHASPDO & Contractor supervisors who are responsible for operations pr processes involving chemicals

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for CHAS trainingSafety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportHard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overEye protection (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentGP gloves (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Page 113 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CHAS Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)1. Accurately describe the responsibilities the company has under law in relation to the handling and

use of chemicals.2. When shown packaging or storage signs, symbols and labels, correctly identify and describe the

class of 6 different hazardous chemicals.3. Accurately describe the different routes of exposure to hazardous chemicals.4. Correctly describe the safety, health and environmental hazards when given the names of 4

commonly occurring Hazardous chemicals.5. Accurately describe PDO’s procedures for approval of chemicals.6. Accurately describe the hazard control procedures and associated activities applicable to chemical

transport, handling, storage and disposal.7. When given an emergency scenario associated with hazardous chemicals, accurately describe the

emergency action procedures that need to be taken.8. When shown a group of packages that are correctly signed and labelled, segregate them correctly

according to the rules for incompatible chemicals.9. When given a selection of information sources, find accurate information concerning the hazards

associated with a hazardous chemical.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CHAS course:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1194 – Chemical Management

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemOther reference documents related to the CHAS course

Oman Royal Decree 46 / 1995 – Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals

Page 114 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:(CHASR) Chemical Handling Awareness for Supervisors scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim:To confirm PDO and Contractor staff retain awareness of, and the knowledge to control, the potential safety and health hazards or environmental damage arising from the transport, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous chemicals.

Assessment Objectives1. Describe and apply the procedures for approving of chemicals.2. Identify the class of a hazardous chemical by recognizing signs, symbols and labels.

Describe the safety, Health and environmental hazards of commonly occurring hazardous chemicals.

3. Describe and apply the procedures for approving of chemicals.4. Apply safety handling date in SHOC system.

Essential CHASR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Legislative responsibilities (Royal Decree No. 46/95 Issuing the Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals)

2. Control strategies in relation to the handling of chemicals/ Transport/ Storage and Segregation

3. Classification of Chemical Substances and Preparations Material safety data sheets (MSDSs) – SHOC / PDO procedures for approving of chemicals.

4. Personal Protective Equipment5. Overview of Safe Systems of Work, including "Permit to Work" and "Hot Work" permits

Max. DurationMax. re-certification

intervalMin. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Four (4) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Chemical Hazards Awareness for Supervisors Reassessment

CHASRPDO & Contractor supervisors who are responsible for operations pr processes involving chemicals

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for CHASR assessmentSafety Footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Valid HSE passportEye protection & GP gloves Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overChemical Hazard Awareness for Supervisors within previous 3 years

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Page 115 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CHASR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)1. Accurately describe the responsibilities the company has under law in relation to the handling

and use of chemicals.2. When shown packaging or storage signs, symbols and labels, correctly identify and describe the

class of 6 different hazardous chemicals.3. Accurately describe the different routes of exposure to hazardous chemicals.4. Correctly describe the safety, health and environmental hazards when given the names of 4

commonly occurring Hazardous chemicals.5. Accurately describe PDO’s procedures for approval of chemicals.6. Accurately describe the hazard control procedures and associated activities applicable to

chemical transport, handling, storage and disposal.7. When given an emergency scenario associated with hazardous chemicals, accurately describe the

emergency action procedures that need to be taken.8. When shown a group of packages that are correctly signed and labelled, segregate them

correctly according to the rules for incompatible chemicals.9. When given a selection of information sources, find accurate information concerning the hazards

associated with a hazardous chemical.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CHASR assessment:

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1194 – Chemical Management

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemOther reference documents related to the CHASR assessment

Oman Royal Decree 46 / 1995 – Law of Handling and Use of Chemicals

Page 116 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment courseCourse Aim:

To develop an awareness of how to develop the knowledge, understanding and skills required of supervisory staff to observe, coach, mentor and assess staff in the workplace against pre-determined core HSE performance criteria.

Course Objectives 1. Prepare supervisory staff to coach and mentor the safety behaviours of others in the workplace.2. Provide a clear explanation of the PDO HSE competence framework, the ‘Core’ HSE assessment system and

the role of supervisory staff within both.3. Prepare supervisory staff to assess staff in the workplace against pre-determined ‘core’ HSE performance

criteria, identify performance gaps, and record evidence to justify decisions made.4. Provide coaching and assessment opportunities to assist with the development of basic skills that can be

developed in the workplace. Essential CMC Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Roles and responsibilities of a coach, mentor and workplace assessor.2. Coaching and Mentoring.3. Benefits to the organisation and to staff in the workplace of being coached, mentored and assessed against

pre-determined performance criteria.4. Using the See-Hear-Feel-Do & Active Listening models during coaching, mentoring and assessment.5. HSE Competence system used in PDO.6. Performance criteria and how to use them.7. Performance evidence – deciding if it is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient (CARS)8. Coaching staff to record evidence in a portfolio.9. Identifying performance gaps and providing feedback to staff.1. Peer reviewing another assessor’s assessment and evidence.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeCoaching, Mentoring and Performance Assessment

CMCPDO and contractor staff who must supervise or manage the work of at least one other staff member.

C

Pre-requisites for CMC training Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Hard hat Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills

Page 117 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CMC Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Demonstrate the ability to coach another person in the use of safe behaviour at work that achieves

a sustained positive change.2. Demonstrate how to mentor another person in a topic area connected with ‘core’ HSE.3. During course exercises, demonstrate consistent use of see-hear-feel-do and active listening.4. Using the STOP system recommended approach, carry out a safety intervention conversation after

an ad-hoc observation in a real or simulated workplace.5. Prepare for a ‘core’ HSE workplace assessment by identifying the appropriate performance criteria,

the individual to be assessed, the workplace and activity to be observed and assessed.6. Using a real or simulated workplace, carry out an observation and ‘core’ HSE assessment on

another person, identifying performance gaps, collecting CARS evidence and making appropriate records to fully justify the assessment decision.

7. Prepare a personal action plan to further develop coaching, mentoring and workplace assessment skills.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CMC course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 118 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(CMCR) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment scheduled ReassessmentAssessment Aim:

To confirm that supervisory staff are able to produce evidence of their skills and observations, coaching, mentoring and assessment of staff in the workplace against pre-determined core HSE performance criteria.

Assessment Objectives To confirm with delegates they remain able to:1. Coach and mentor the safety behaviours of others in the workplace.2. Provide a clear explanation of the PDO HSE competence framework, the ‘Core’ HSE assessment

system and their role within both.3. Produce sample records of the staff coaching and assessments they have conducted in the

workplace against the pre-determined ‘core’ HSE performance criteria that show identified performance gaps, and evidence to justify the decisions made.

Essential CMCR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Roles and responsibilities of a coach, mentor and workplace assessor.2. Coaching and Mentoring.3. Benefits to the organisation and to staff in the workplace of being coached, mentored and assessed

against pre-determined performance criteria.4. Using the See-Hear-Feel-Do & Active Listening models during coaching, mentoring and assessment.5. HSE Competence system used in PDO.6. Performance criteria and how to use them.7. Performance evidence – deciding if it is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient (CARS)8. Coaching staff to record evidence in a portfolio.9. Identifying performance gaps and providing feedback to staff.10. Peer reviewing another assessor’s assessment and evidence.

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeCoaching, Mentoring and

Performance Assessment, Re-assessment

CMCRPreviously CMC trained PDO and contractor supervisory and managerial staff.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for CMCR assessment Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE passportHard hat Initial Fire

ResponseID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentAn assessment evidence portfolio for the previous 12 months to be brought to the workshop with the

delegate.

Page 119 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

CMCR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Demonstrate you use Active Listening effectively, during workshop activities associated with

coaching, mentoring and performance assessment.2. Demonstrate your ability to coach, mentor and assess staff in the workplace by producing sample

evidence from the previous 12 months that indicates you have carried out assessment observations of ‘core’ HSE on another person, identifying performance gaps, collecting CARS evidence and making appropriate records to fully justify the assessment decision.

3. Prepare a personal action plan to further develop your coaching, mentoring and workplace assessment skills.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the CMCR course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 120 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(HTS) HSE Tools and Skills courseCourse Aim:

Introduce delegates to the hazards, effects and controls present in operational activities.Course Objectives

1. Prepare delegates to act as an effective team member when applying the Hazards and Effects Management Process (HEMP) at the task level.

2. Provide knowledge to delegates so that at the planning stage they can review and update a TRIC or JHA prior to its being conducted before or during an existing task.

3. To provide knowledge, understanding and skills needed to use the PTW system, TRIC cards, Tool Box Talks, the STOP system, and generic and dynamic risk assessment.

Essential HTS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Hazard identification and common operational workplace hazards.2. Using and applying Golden Rules and Life Saving Rules in the work place.3. Risk Assessment Matrix – use, application and hierarchy of risk controls4. How to conduct and use Job Hazard analysis, TRIC cards and Tool Box Talks5. Manual handling risk assessment and techniques6. PPE – selection, issue and relevance to activity types.7. Working at heights – hazards, PPE inspection and use, scaffold and ladders, falling object risks, slip-

trip-and fall hazards.8. Reviewing a PTW for completeness9. STOP program essentials – intervention and recording behavioural observations

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (16)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

HSE Tools and Skills

HTSAll PDO & PDO Contractor staff with supervisory roles, including PTW holders, signatories and SJMs.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for HTS training Safety Footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Eye protection & GP gloves

Page 121 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HTS Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. As a member of a team, correctly complete a HEMP review of a given site activity.2. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a Method Statement.3. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a TRIC card.4. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA).5. When given a typical oil and gas industry activity that is to take place, prepare and conduct an

effective Tool Box Talk that includes main hazards and control measures.6. Inspect an actual or simulated work place to accurately observe, record and report unsafe acts

and conditions.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the HTS course:

CP 122 - PDO HSE Management SystemPR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II Company Procedure

PR 1172 - Permit to Work Procedure PR 1078 - H2S ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up Procedure Part 1

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 2000 – Road Transport SP 2001 – Load Safety and RestraintsSP 1009 – Waste Management Procedure SP 1104 – Electrical SafetySP 1157 - HSE Training Specifications SP 1194 – ChemicalsSP 1230 - Medical Examination, Treatment & Facilities

SP 1242 - Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead powerlines.

SP 1256 – Workshop Safety (welding etc) GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 122 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(HTSR) HSE Tools and Skills scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm delegate knowledge and understanding required of supervisory staff so they remain able to advise or manage others in the use of HEMP, safe systems of work (e.g. PTW) and associated key tools.

Assessment Objectives Confirm delegates’ continued ability to:1. Act as an effective team member when applying the Hazards and Effects Management Process

(HEMP) at the task level.2. Review and update a TRIC or JHA at the planning stage and prior to its being conducted before or

during an existing task.3. Use the PTW system, TRIC cards, Tool Box Talks, the STOP system, and generic and dynamic risk

assessment. Essential HTSR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. HEMP Application and Production (Bow Tie), Risk Assessment Matrix model, recording of risk and control data.

2. Permit to Work procedure.3. JHA preparation, Tool Box Talks and Task Risk Identification Cards.4. Recording risk data in a consistent way

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval

Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Four (4) years Two (2) Eight (8)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

HSE Tools and Skills re-assessment

HTSRAll PDO & PDO Contractor staff with supervisory roles.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for HTSR assessment Safety Footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Eye protection & GP Gloves HSE Tools & Skills within previous 3

yearsAge 21 or over

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment. Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Page 123 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HTSR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)1. As a member of a team, correctly complete a HEMP review of a given site activity.2. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a Method Statement.3. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a TRIC card.4. Correctly identify the contents and purposes of a Job Hazard Analysis (JHA).5. When given a typical oil and gas industry activity that is to take place, prepare and conduct an

effective Tool Box Talk that includes main hazards and control measures.6. Inspect an actual or simulated work place to accurately observe, record and report unsafe acts

and conditions.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to HTSR assessment:

CP 122 - PDO HSE Management SystemPR 1065 – Emergency Response Documents Part II Company Procedure

PR 1172 - Permit to Work Procedure PR 1078 - H2S ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident Notification, Reporting & Follow-up Procedure Part 1

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1009 – Waste Management Procedure SP 1104 – Electrical SafetySP 1157 - HSE Training Specifications SP 1194 – Chemicals

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 124 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(IAI) Incident and Accident Investigation course Course Aim:

To prepare staff who may be nominated, as individuals or as a member of a team, to investigate incidents or accidents.

Course Objectives Ensuring, through tutoring, that delegates have:1. Confirmation, clarification and expansion of knowledge and understanding related to incident

types, records, risk assessment matrix and the Bow-Tie concept previously gained on HSE Tools & Skills course.

2. Sufficient knowledge and clarity concerning human factors in incident investigation.3. An awareness of Tripod Trees and the ability to prepare incident reports.

Essential IAI Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Why investigate incidents? (including current Company statistics).2. Initial response to an incident3. Gathering initial facts from the scene and evidence preservation.4. Forming and effective investigation team and its terms of reference5. Investigation techniques and philosophies.6. Interviewing witnesses.7. Determining relevance of information.8. Following information leads.9. Validation of gathered evidence and corroboration.10. Determining human behaviour and motivators.11. Analysing the Management System and Procedures.12. Analysis of findings.13. Finding the reasons behind the cause(s).14. Determining sensible and SMART actions to learn from the incident.15. Preparation, review and publication of the report.16. Practical role play with case studies. (6 hours)Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Incident and Accident Investigation

IAI

PDO HSE Team Leads and Contractor HSE Advisers MandatoryPDO Contract Owners, Contract Holders and Contractor Managers & Supervisors, who may be required as part of their role to lead incident investigations.

Recommended

Page 125 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for IAI training Non-supervisory staff Supervisory / Management staff All target population staff

HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction (IND) Valid HSE passport

Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) ID / res. Card.

Dealing with Hazards & Risks (DHR) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS)

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment (CMC)

Safety Leadership for Supervisors (SLS or SLM, as role dictated)

IAI Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly illustrate and explain the incident triangle, and the reason for investigating incidents.2. Correctly list 5 of the key aspects of collecting data following an incident.3. Given a potential severity rating, explain correctly the depth to which the investigation should be

taken and why.4. Accurately, but in your own words, explain why it is important to establish underlying cause(s)

and latent failures in relation to an incident, rather than just the immediate cause(s) and human factors they tend to indicate.

5. Demonstrate through role play, that you can interview a witness effectively to obtain 4 key pre-determined facts the witness has, in connection with a specific incident scenario.

6. Demonstrate, after role play and group work concerning a specific incident scenario, that you can prepare a clear and structured investigation report and presentation, that both include the key cause(s) and management failures.

7. Demonstrate, using your investigation report and presentation, that you can recognise and formulate SMART recommendations related to the investigation role play you have participated in.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IAI course:CP 122 – HSE Management System PR-1173 - Incident Investigation, Reporting and Follow-up ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident investigation and analysis PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance

monitoringSP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU-253 - Incident Investigation Reporting and FollowingGU-371 - Incident Notification, Reporting and Follow-up GU 612 – Guideline to Incident InvestigationGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 126 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(IAIR) Incident and Accident Investigation scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm staff who may be nominated, as individuals or as a member of a team, to investigate incidents or accidents remain competent to do so.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirming, through assessment that delegates have retained the required:2. Knowledge and understanding related to incident types, records, risk assessment matrix and the

Bow-Tie concept previously gained.3. Knowledge and clarity concerning human factors in incident investigation.4. Awareness of Tripod Trees and the ability to prepare incident reports.

Essential IAIR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Why investigate incidents? (including current Company statistics).2. Initial response to an incident3. Gathering initial facts from the scene and evidence preservation.4. Forming and effective investigation team and its terms of reference5. Investigation techniques and philosophies.6. Interviewing witnesses.7. Determining relevance of information.8. Following information leads.9. Validation of gathered evidence and corroboration.10. Determining human behaviour and motivators.11. Analysing the Management System and Procedures.12. Analysis of findings.13. Finding the reasons behind the cause(s).14. Determining sensible and SMART actions to learn from the incident.15. Preparation, review and publication of the report.16. Practical role play with case studies. (6 hours)

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Four (4) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Incident and Accident Investigation

ReassessmentIAIR

PDO HSE Team Leads and Contractor HSE Advisers MandatoryPDO Contract Owners, Contract Holders and Contractor Managers & Supervisors, who may be required as part of their role to lead incident investigations.

Recommended

Page 127 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for IAIR assessment Non-supervisory staff Supervisory / Management staff All target population staff

HSE Induction (IND) HSE Induction (IND) HSE passport & ID/res. card.

Initial Fire Response (IFR) Initial Fire Response (IFR) Incident & Accident Investigation (IAI)Dealing with Hazards & Risks (DHR) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS)

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment (CMC)

Safety Leadership for Supervisors (SLS or SLM, as role dictated)

IAIR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly illustrate and explain the incident triangle, and the reason for investigating incidents.2. Correctly list 5 of the key aspects of collecting data following an incident.3. Given a potential severity rating, explain correctly the depth to which the investigation should be

taken and why.4. Accurately, but in your own words, explain why it is important to establish underlying cause(s) and

latent failures in relation to an incident, rather than just the immediate cause(s) and human factors they tend to indicate.

5. Demonstrate your ability to formulate relevant open and closed questions to obtain corroborative evidence from a witness, to actively listen to responses, and to reflect back in summary what you have been told, accurately.

6. Demonstrate, that you can prepare a clear structure for an investigation report and a presentation, based on investigation findings supplied to you.

7. Demonstrate, using your investigation report and presentation, that you can recognise and formulate SMART recommendations related to the investigation findings supplied to you.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IAIR assessment:CP 122 – HSE Management System PR-1173 - Incident Investigation, Reporting and Follow-up ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident investigation and analysis PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance

monitoringSP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU-253 - Incident Investigation Reporting and FollowingGU-371 - Incident Notification, Reporting and Follow-up GU 612 – Guideline to Incident InvestigationGU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 128 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(NORMS) Naturally Occurring Radioactive Material for Supervisors courseCourse Aim:

To provide PDO and PDO contractor supervisors awareness, knowledge and understanding of NORM in the oil and gas industry, and the PDO requirements associated with it, so that the safety and health of staff and the public are not compromised, and the environment is not harmed.

Course Objectives 1. Provide awareness and knowledge of NORM, the hazards and risks associated with it.2. Provide knowledge of where NORM may deposit3. Introduce field instruments associated with suspected NORM4. Introduce the precautionary principle and actions required if NORM is identified.

Essential NORMS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. SP1170 and NORM Guidelines 2. Define NORM, fixed scales, sludge and pigging waste including basic radiation theory 3. Health and Environmental risks – Who is at risk, how, when and why?4. Precautionary Principle; maintenance and well servicing activities that must include NORM monitoring

using the approved meters5. Practical demonstration of which, when, how to use the NORM meters and their limitations6. Controls to implement if NORM is identified to mitigate the risk, e.g. PPE, Hygiene, Plastic wrapping of

contaminated equipment 7. Disposal of NORM contaminated equipment and sludge to the Bahja NORM Yard8. Relevant NORM documentation and Permit to Work9. Reporting NORM results e.g. EDM or Production Station Spreadsheets10. NORM monitoring video.11. Collecting a representative sample of sludge12. Stepping through specific activities e.g. tank cleaning (MSE.14), Well servicing (MSE.24), Pigging (MSE.15)

and Maintenance activities in production stations (EMC) or outside stations such as MSV’s and flowlines (ODC)

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Five (5) hours Four (4) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials for Supervisors

NORMS

PDO & Contractor Production Supervisors / Operators, Maintenance Coordinators/Supervisors, Pigging contractor supervisors, tank/separator cleaning contractor supervisors, Well Service (Rig/Hoist) Managers/Drillers, EMC Contractor maintenance supervisors and ODC Contractor maintenance supervisors, NORM Yard and WTF Yard Supervisors, other supervisors working with potential NORM contaminated equipment or material

Compulsory

Page 129 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NORMS training Safety Footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Valid HSE passportEye protection & GP gloves Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Safety Leadership for SupervisorsFor PDO Contractor delegates, letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6, i.e.

6 Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

NORMS Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Can access and interpret the NORM specification SP1170 Ver 4.0 and relevant Guidelines e.g.

MSE.24 2. State with accuracy PDO’s definition of NORM and the precautionary principle3. Correctly identify what type of equipment and waste may be NORM Contaminated 4. Correctly explain the health and Environmental risks if NORM is not correctly disposed to Bahja

NORM Yard.5. Using a simulated radioactive source located in an actual or simulated workplace, conduct

monitoring using the approved meters 6. Correctly identify the approved NORM instruments, their limitations, frequency of calibration.7. Demonstrate how to correctly complete the NORM calibration/repair Form in SP1170 8. Following the monitoring exercise in an actual or simulated work place, correctly locate, identify

and complete the appropriate NORM Forms.9. Correctly state the essential PPE to wear if NORM is encountered 10. Correctly state how you maintain personal hygiene after working with NORM contaminated

equipment11. Demonstrate how to seal open ends of contaminated equipment effectively and correctly. 12. Demonstrate correctly how to collect and label a representative sample of sludge for analysis

and complete the appropriate form correctly.13. Demonstrate, during a simulated exercise, how to complete and update the relevant NORM

Databases. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NORMS course:

CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 1154 - Gas Testing ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

PR1172 - Permit to Work System Manual

SP 1157 - HSE Training Specification SP1170 - Management of NORMSP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP1234 - Personal Protective Equipment

GU 273 HSE Guideline – PTW Job Safety Plans GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemMSE NORM Guidelines

Page 130 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(NORMSR) NORM for Supervisors scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim:To confirm PDO and PDO contractor supervisors have retained the awareness, knowledge and understanding of NORM in the oil and gas industry, and the PDO requirements associated with it, so that the safety and health of staff and the public are not compromised, and the environment is not harmed.

Assessment Objectives1. Confirm delegates have retained:2. Awareness and knowledge of NORM, the hazards and risks associated with it.3. Knowledge of where NORM may deposit4. Information about the field instruments associated with suspected NORM5. Knowledge of the precautionary principle and actions required if NORM is identified.

Essential NORMSR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. SP1170 and NORM Guidelines 2. Define NORM, fixed scales, sludge and pigging waste including basic radiation theory 3. Health and Environmental risks – Who is at risk, how, when and why?4. Precautionary Principle; maintenance and well servicing activities that must include NORM monitoring using

the approved meters5. Practical demonstration of which, when, how to use the NORM meters and their limitations6. Controls to implement if NORM is identified to mitigate the risk, e.g. PPE, Hygiene, Plastic wrapping of

contaminated equipment 7. Disposal of NORM contaminated equipment and sludge to the Bahja NORM Yard8. Relevant NORM documentation and Permit to Work9. Reporting NORM results e.g. EDM or Production Station Spreadsheets10. NORM monitoring video.11. Collecting a representative sample of sludge12. Stepping through specific activities e.g. tank cleaning (MSE.14), Well servicing (MSE.24), Pigging (MSE.15) and

Maintenance activities in production stations (EMC) or outside stations such as MSV’s and flowlines (ODC)

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Four (4) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Naturally Occurring Radioactive Materials for Supervisors Reassessment

NORMSR

PDO & Contractor Production Supervisors / Operators, Maintenance Coordinators/Supervisors, Pigging contractor supervisors, tank/separator cleaning contractor supervisors, Well Service (Rig/Hoist) Managers/Drillers, EMC Contractor maintenance supervisors and ODC Contractor maintenance supervisors, NORM Yard and WTF Yard Supervisors, other supervisors working with potential NORM contaminated equipment or material

Compulsory

Page 131 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NORMSR Assessment Safety Footwear & Hard hat NORMS Valid HSE passport

Eye protection & GP gloves ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing Age 21 or over

For PDO Contractor delegates, letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6, i.e.

6 Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

NORMSR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Can access and correctly interpret the NORM specification SP1170 Ver 4.0 and relevant

Guidelines e.g. MSE.24 2. State with accuracy PDO’s definition of NORM and the precautionary principle3. Correctly identify what type of equipment and waste may be NORM Contaminated 4. Correctly explain the health and Environmental risks if NORM is not correctly disposed to Bahja

NORM Yard.5. Correctly identify the approved NORM instruments, their limitations, frequency of calibration.6. Demonstrate how to correctly complete the NORM calibration/repair Form in SP1170 7. Corrcetly state the essential PPE to wear if NORM is encountered 8. Correctly state how you maintain personal hygiene after working with NORM contaminated

equipment9. Using a simulated radioactive source located in an actual or simulated workplace, conduct

monitoring effectively using the approved meters 10. Following the monitoring exercise in an actual or simulated work place, correctly locate, identify

and complete the appropriate NORM Forms.11. Demonstrate how to seal open ends of contaminated equipment effectively and correctly. 12. Demonstrate correctly how to collect and label a representative sample of sludge for analysis and

complete the appropriate form correctly.13. Demonstrate, during a simulated exercise, how to complete and update the relevant NORM

Databases. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NORMSR assessment:

CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 1154 - Gas Testing ProcedurePR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

PR1172 - Permit to Work System Manual

SP 1157 - HSE Training Specification SP1170 - Management of NORMSP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP1234 - Personal Protective Equipment

GU 273 HSE Guideline – PTW Job Safety Plans GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemMSE NORM Guidelines

Page 132 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(PSO) Process Safety Orientation course

Course Aim: Provide an awareness of Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) in PDO.

Course Objectives 1. Provide an awareness of the aim of process safety management.2. Provide an introduction to AI-PS terminology including the barrier concept, Process Safety

Events, and the AI-PS framework.3. Provide an awareness of AI-PS asset level assurance.4. Set expectations for AI-PS accountabilities and responsibilities, and model AI-PS behaviours.

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. AI-PS definitions . Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) definitions including Technical Integrity,

Design Integrity and Operating Integrity.2. Process safety incidents . Examples of process safety incidents in industry and in PDO.3. Definition and classification of Process Safety Events. The link between process safety incidents

and Process Safety Basic Requirements.4. The barrier concept . The barrier concept and Bow-Ties. The barrier concept and Safety Critical

Elements (SCEs). How the barrier concept, Bow-Ties and Manual of Permitted Operations (MOPO) can be used in operational risk assessments.

5. Process safety management system . AI-PS framework (CCPS Risk-Based Process Safety). The four pillars of process safety, i.e. process safety commitment, understand hazards & risk, manage risk, and learn from experience. The twenty process safety elements.

6. Process safety assurance . AI-PS assurance including knowledge and understanding of level 2 and 3 assurance activities and supporting materials.

7. Roles and responsibilities for process safety . HSE Case Owners & Custodians and HSE Critical Positions described in Operations HSE Cases. Accountabilities of project managers. The role of a Technical Authority. The role of the AI-PS Asset Leadership Team (AIPSALT) and Element Champions in AI-PS assurance.

8. Role model AI-PS behaviours . PDO golden rules and Life Saving Rules. Safety leadership.9. Understanding the relation between DCAF/PCAP assurance framework and Asset Integrity-

Process safety.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Five (5) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Process Safety

OrientationPSO

PDO staff in HSE Critical Positions identified in Operations HSE Cases; operations and engineering technical authorities; members of AI-PS teams (AI-PS working group, AI-PS asset meetings, AIPSALT).

Recommended

Page 133 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for PSO training HSE Induction Valid HSE passport 3 months PDO work experienceInitial Fire Response ID / res. Card. Site specific HSE InductionFor non-supervisory staff – H2S (if role requires it) and Dealing with Hazards & Risks, Supervisory/Managers – H2S, (if role requires it), HSE Tools & Skills, CMC, SLS or SLM as appropriate.Letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

PSO Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain what Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) is and the meaning of the terms

Technical Integrity, Design Integrity and Operating Integrity.2. Define a Process Safety Event and give three examples each of process safety incidents in industry

and in PDO.3. Correctly explain the barrier concept and its link to Bow-Ties and Safety Critical Elements (SCEs). 4. Carry out an operational risk assessment, demonstrating how the barrier concept, Bow-Ties and

Manual of Permitted Operations (MOPO) can be used.5. Correctly identify and explain the elements of the PDO AI-PS framework.6. Correctly explain the AI-PS assurance framework including level 2 & 3 activities and supporting

materials.7. Identify and correctly describe the key PDO AI-PS roles and list their functions, including those for

HSE Case Owners & Custodians, HSE Critical Positions in Operations HSE Cases, project managers, & Technical Authorities.

8. Explain correctly the role of the AI-PS Asset Leadership Team (AIPSALT) and Element Champions in AI-PS assurance.

9. Describe correctly how the PDO Golden Rules, Life Saving Rules and Safety Leadership can be applied to AI-PS to achieve a positive safety culture.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PSO course:CP-122 HSE Management System SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

PR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure

GU-668 AI-PS Element Guides GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 134 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(PSOR) Process Safety Orientation scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim: Confirm staff previously trained on PSO have retained awareness of Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) in PDO.

Assessment Objectives 1. Provide an awareness of the aim of process safety management.2. Provide an introduction to AI-PS terminology including the barrier concept, Process Safety Events, and the AI-

PS framework.3. Provide an awareness of AI-PS asset level assurance.4. Set expectations for AI-PS accountabilities and responsibilities, and model AI-PS behaviours.

Essential PSOR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. AI-PS definitions . Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) definitions including Technical Integrity, Design

Integrity and Operating Integrity.2. Process safety incidents . Examples of process safety incidents in industry and in PDO.3. Definition and classification of Process Safety Events. The link between process safety incidents and Process

Safety Basic Requirements.4. The barrier concept . The barrier concept and Bow-Ties. The barrier concept and Safety Critical Elements

(SCEs). How the barrier concept, Bow-Ties and Manual of Permitted Operations (MOPO) can be used in operational risk assessments.

5. Process safety management system . AI-PS framework (CCPS Risk-Based Process Safety). The four pillars of process safety, i.e. process safety commitment, understand hazards & risk, manage risk, and learn from experience. The twenty process safety elements.

6. Process safety assurance . AI-PS assurance including knowledge and understanding of level 2 and 3 assurance activities and supporting materials.

7. Roles and responsibilities for process safety . HSE Case Owners & Custodians and HSE Critical Positions described in Operations HSE Cases. Accountabilities of project managers. The role of a Technical Authority. The role of the AI-PS Asset Leadership Team (AIPSALT) and Element Champions in AI-PS assurance.

8. Role model AI-PS behaviours . PDO golden rules and Life Saving Rules. Safety leadership.9. Understanding the relation between DCAF/PCAP assurance framework and Asset Integrity-Process safety.

Max. DurationMax. re-certification

intervalMin. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Five (5) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Process Safety Orientation

ReassessmentPSO

PDO staff in HSE Critical Positions identified in Operations HSE Cases; operations and engineering technical authorities; members of AI-PS teams (AI-PS working group, AI-PS asset meetings, AIPSALT).

Recommended

Page 135 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for PSOR reassessment HSE Induction Valid HSE passport PSO within previous 5 yearsInitial Fire Response ID / res. Card. Site specific HSE InductionFor non-supervisory staff – H2S (if role requires it) and Dealing with Hazards & Risks, Supervisory/Managers – H2S, (if role requires it) , HSE Tools & Skills, CMC, SLS or SLM as appropriate.

Letter from Company Supervisor (named) confirming delegate’s English fluency level is equivalent to IELTS Band 6

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

PSOR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly explain what Asset Integrity – Process Safety (AI-PS) is and the meaning of the terms

Technical Integrity, Design Integrity and Operating Integrity.2. Define a Process Safety Event and give three examples each of process safety incidents in industry

and in PDO.3. Correctly explain the barrier concept and its link to Bow-Ties and Safety Critical Elements (SCEs). 4. Carry out an operational risk assessment, demonstrating how the barrier concept, Bow-Ties and

Manual of Permitted Operations (MOPO) can be used.5. Correctly identify and explain the elements of the PDO AI-PS framework.6. Correctly explain the AI-PS assurance framework including level 2 & 3 activities and supporting

materials.7. Identify and correctly describe the key PDO AI-PS roles and list their functions, including those for

HSE Case Owners & Custodians, HSE Critical Positions in Operations HSE Cases, project managers, & Technical Authorities.

8. Explain correctly the role of the AI-PS Asset Leadership Team (AIPSALT) and Element Champions in AI-PS assurance.

9. Describe correctly how the PDO Golden Rules, Life Saving Rules and Safety Leadership can be applied to AI-PS to achieve a positive safety culture.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PSOR assessment:CP-122 HSE Management System SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

PR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure

GU-668 AI-PS Element Guides GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 136 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(PTWA) Permit to Work Auditors courseCourse Aim:

Provide sufficient knowledge and understanding of the PTW audit system to delegates so they may function as an effective member of a PTW Audit team.

Course Objectives 1. To demonstrate a thorough understanding of PDO PTW system through structured training and

assessment modules for the role as PTW Auditor2. To provide necessary knowledge to be able to demonstrate thorough understanding to a PDO PTW

licensing panel for the role as PTW AuditorEssential PTWA Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Auditing system definitions2. Auditing objectives3. Purpose of Level I and II Audits.4. Roles and responsibilities within the Audit team5. Audit organisation, conduct, corrective actions, reporting and archiving.6. PTW System Review: - Frequency, objectives, review mechanism.7. Interim amendments8. PTW system audit forms

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLYCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Permit to Work Auditor PTWAPDO and Contractor personnel who may fulfill a role within the Permit to Work Audit Team as the nominated Auditor.

C

Pre-requisites for PTWA training (IND) HSE Induction (SMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance

AssessmentValid HSE passport

(IFR) Initial Fire Response

(SLS/SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors/Managers as per role. ID / res. Card.(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Min. 2 yrs as licensed PTW Signatory. Valid PTWS permit.Safety footwear Coverall or working clothingIf a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6.

6 Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

Page 137 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

PTWA Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Explain simply but accurately the role holders and their responsibilities within the PTW system.2. Correctly explain the purpose of the PTW system Monitoring, Auditing & system review.3. Correctly explain the key role holders and their responsibilities in the PTW audit system.4. State correctly, the types of PTW audit, their frequency, who may be a Lead Auditor, who may be

audit team members, and the time scales for presenting audit findings.5. Provide the non-compliance headings that auditors should consider in a report.6. Accurately describe who and how the PTW System review is conducted, what evidence should be

considered, and what the outcome of the review may be.7. List the PTW audit forms that should be used by audit teams.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PTWA course:PR 1172 – Permit to Work Procedure PR 2010 Pt I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU 673 ‘Core’ HSE assessment systemHSE – MS documents as per PTWS

Page 138 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(PTWAR) Permit to Work Auditors scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

To ensure that PTW Auditors retain the required knowledge and understanding of the PTW system so they may continue to function as an effective member of a PTW Audit team.

Assessment Objectives To ensure the delegate retains a thorough knowledge and understanding of the PDO PTW system through structured assessment of the PTW Auditor.

Essential PTWAR Assessment components 1. Auditing system definitions2. Auditing objectives3. Purpose of Level I and II Audits.4. Roles and responsibilities within the Audit team5. Audit organisation, conduct, corrective actions, reporting and archiving.6. PTW System Review: - Frequency, objectives, review mechanism.7. Interim amendments8. PTW system audit forms

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Permit to Work Auditor Re-certification

PTWARPDO and Contractor PTWA trained personnel who have to fulfil a role within the Permit to Work Audit Team as the nominated Auditor.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for PTWAR training HSE Induction Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Safety Leadership for Supervisors/Managers as per

role.ID / res. Card.

HSE Tools & Skills Min. 2 yrs as licensed PTW Signatory. Valid PTWA permit.If a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6.

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

Page 139 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

PTWAR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Explain simply but accurately the role holders and their responsibilities within the PTW system.2. Correctly explain the purpose of the PTW system Monitoring, Auditing & system review.3. Correctly explain the key role holders and their responsibilities in the PTW audit system.4. State correctly, the types of PTW audit, their frequency, who may be a Lead Auditor, who may be

audit team members, and the time scales for presenting audit findings.5. Provide the non-compliance headings that auditors should consider in a report.6. Accurately describe who and how the PTW System review is conducted, what evidence should be

considered, and what the outcome of the review may be.7. List the PTW audit forms that should be used by audit teams.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PTWAR assessment:PR 1172 – Permit to Work Procedure PR 2010 Pt I – HSE Training selection and compliance

monitoringSP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU 673 ‘Core’ HSE assessment systemHSE – MS documents as per PTWS

Page 140 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(PTWH) Permit to Work Holders courseCourse Aim:

To provide the knowledge and understanding of the PTW procedure to enable delegates to competently carry out the role of a permit holder.

Course Objectives 1. Promote a thorough knowledge & understanding of the PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.2. Confirm delegates are able to identify hazards and carry out risk assessment procedures.3. Using role plays, have delegates participate in a step-by-step flow through the operation of the PTW system.4. Ensure delegates are provided with the opportunity to demonstrate their competence to function as a PTW

holder.Essential PTWH Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Carrying out hazard identification and the risk assessment process. 2. The PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.3. Work that needs a permit, who produces and signs it, when, where and for what activities.4. Roles and Responsibilities of persons who sign permit documents.5. A step-by-step flow through how the PTW system operates.6. Control of isolations, the work tracking system and PTW system certificates.7. Hazard management, job safety plans, TRIC cards and toolbox talks.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

English Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Permit to Work Holder

PTWHPDO and Contractor personnel who will directly supervise a work party (e.g. first-line supervisor, leading hand, charge hand or technician etc)

Compulsory

Course pre-requisites HSE Induction Coverall or working clothing Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Safety Footwear & Hard Hat ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment 2 x Passport sized photoSafety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates)

If a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 5.

5 Modest UserHas partial command of the language, coping with overall meaning in most situations, though is likely to make many mistakes. Should be able to handle basic communication in own field.

PTWH Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)Page 141 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1. Identify 4 different hazards at a simulated operational workplace and conduct a risk assessment on the hazard presenting the highest potential risk, using the recommended procedure.

2. Accurately describe the scope and objectives of PDO’s PTW system.3. Accurately explain the roles and responsibilities of the persons that are authorised to sign PTWs.4. State correctly, the controls relating to isolations and when they would be used within the PTW procedure.5. Explain the differences between generic and dynamic risk assessment and when each is used by a permit

holder within the PTW procedure. 6. Explain correctly what work requires a permit, and given 6 different work activities, indicate correctly which

require permits and what type must be used.7. Given a specific work activity that is said to be required at a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or actual

operational area, meet with the Permit Applicant and carry out the role of a Permit Holder and sign or reject to sign the permit, based on your assessment.

8. At a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or operational work area, conduct an effective Toolbox talk using the TRIC attached to a valid, authorised PTW to a team of no less than four people, who are role playing work staff, and carry out the procedures that must then be followed by the permit holder.

9. When the Area Authority verbally agrees to it, hand over a valid permit to another permit holder carrying out all the required procedures correctly.

10. Whilst role playing a permit holder, carry out all of the required actions for suspension, completion of work and revalidation with other PTW signatories.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PTWH course:

PR1001a – Facilities change procedurePR 1001c – Temporary override of safeguarding systems

PR 1001e – Operations procedure temporary variancePR 1002 – Engineering & operations Excavation certificate procedure

PR 1076 – Isolation of Process equipment PR 1078 Hydrogen Sulphide ManagementPR 1148 – Entry into a confined space PR 1154 – Gas Testing Procedure

PR 1172 – Permit to Work ProcedurePR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part I

PR 1242 – Activities in the vicinity of overhead powerlines

PR 1418c - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part III

PR 1418b - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part II

PR 1709 – Lifting & Hoisting procedure Lift Planning Execution

PR 1515 Onsite mercury managementPR 2010 HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1108 22 Electrical Safety Operating procedures SP 1170 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Procedures

SP 1157 – HSE Training SpecificationsSP 2087 – Specification for onsite mercury management

SP 1237 – Ionising RadiationGU 612 – Guidelines – Incident Investigation & reporting

GU 501 – Guidelines for Excavating and Working around Live Pipelines

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

GU 624 – Permit to Work Licensing

Page 142 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(PTWHR) Permit to Work Holders scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

To provide the knowledge and understanding of the PTW procedure to enable delegates to competently carry out the role of a permit holder.

Assessment Objectives 1. Promote a thorough knowledge & understanding of the PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.2. Confirm delegates are able to identify hazards and carry out risk assessment procedures.3. Using role plays, have delegates participate in a step-by-step flow through the operation of the PTW

system.4. Ensure delegates are provided with the opportunity to demonstrate their competence to function as a

PTW holder.Essential PTWHR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Carrying out hazard identification and the risk assessment process. 2. The PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.3. Work that needs a permit, who produces and signs it, when, where and for what activities.4. Roles and Responsibilities of persons who sign permit documents.5. A step-by-step flow through how the PTW system operates.6. Control of isolations, the work tracking system and PTW system certificates.7. Hazard management, job safety plans, TRIC cards and toolbox talks.

Max. Duration

Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Six (6)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Permit to Work Holder Recertification

PTWHR

PDO and Contractor personnel who will directly supervise a work party (e.g. first line supervisor, leading hand, charge hand or technician etc) and are trained and currently licensed as a permit holder.

Compulsory

PTWHR Assessment pre-requisites HSE Induction Coverall or working clothing Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Safety Footwear & Hard Hat ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment 2 x Passport sized photoSafety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates) Valid, current PTWH permitIf a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 5.5 Modest

UserHas partial command of the language, coping with overall meaning in most situations, though is likely to make many mistakes. Should be able to handle basic communication in own field.

PTWHR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)Page 143 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1. Identify 4 different hazards at a simulated operational workplace and conduct a risk assessment on the hazard presenting the highest potential risk, using the recommended procedure.

2. Accurately describe the scope and objectives of PDO’s PTW system.3. Accurately explain the roles and responsibilities of the persons that are authorised to sign PTWs.4. State correctly, the controls relating to isolations and when they would be used within the PTW procedure.5. Explain the differences between generic and dynamic risk assessment and when each is used by a permit

holder within the PTW procedure. 6. Explain correctly what work requires a permit, and given 6 different work activities, indicate correctly which

require permits and what type must be used.7. Given a specific work activity that is said to be required at a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or actual

operational area, meet with the Permit Applicant and carry out the role of a Permit Holder and sign or reject to sign the permit, based on your assessment.

8. At a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or operational work area, conduct an effective Toolbox talk using the TRIC attached to a valid, authorised PTW to a team of no less than four people, who are role playing work staff, and carry out the procedures that must then be followed by the permit holder.

9. When the Area Authority verbally agrees to it, hand over a valid permit to another permit holder carrying out all the required procedures correctly.

10. Whilst role playing a permit holder, carry out all of the required actions for suspension, completion of work and revalidation with other PTW signatories.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PTWHR assessment:PR1001a – Facilities change procedure PR 1001c – Temporary override of safeguarding

systemsPR 1001e – Operations procedure temporary variance PR 1002 – Engineering & operations Excavation

certificate procedurePR 1076 – Isolation of Process equipment PR 1078 Hydrogen Sulphide ManagementPR 1148 – Entry into a confined space PR 1154 – Gas Testing ProcedurePR 1172 – Permit to Work Procedure PR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up

procedure Part IPR 1242 – Activities in the vicinity of overhead powerlines

PR 1418c - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part III

PR 1418b - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part II

PR 1709 – Lifting & Hoisting procedure Lift Planning Execution

PR 1515 Onsite mercury management PR 2010 HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1108 22 Electrical Safety Operating procedures SP 1170 Naturally Occurring Radioactive ProceduresSP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 2087 – Specification for onsite mercury

managementSP 1237 – Ionising Radiation GU 612 – Guidelines – Incident Investigation &

reportingGU 501 – Guidelines for Excavating and Working around Live Pipelines

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

GU 624 – Permit to Work Licensing

Page 144 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(PTWS) Permit to Work Signatories course

Course Aim:

To provide the knowledge and understanding of the PTW procedure to enable delegates to competently carry out the role of a signatory.

Course Objectives

1. Promote a thorough knowledge & understanding of the PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.2. Confirm delegates are able to identify hazards and carry out risk assessment procedures.3. Using a role play, have delegates participate in a step-by-step flow through the operation of the PTW

system.4. Ensure delegates are provided with the opportunity to demonstrate their competence to function as a

PTW signatory.Essential PTWS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Carrying out hazard identification and the risk assessment process. 2. The PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.3. Work that needs a permit, who produces and signs it, when, where and for what activities.4. Roles and Responsibilities of persons who sign permit documents.5. A step-by-step flow through how the PTW system operates.6. Control of isolations, the work tracking system and PTW system certificates.7. Hazard management, job safety plans, TRIC cards and toolbox talks.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Permit to Work Signatories

PTWSPDO and Contractor personnel who will fulfil a role within the Permit to Work System as a permit applicant, area authority or responsible supervisor

C

Pre-requisites for PTWS training

HSE Induction Coverall or working clothing Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Safety Footwear & Hard Hat ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or overCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment 2 x Passport sized photo

Page 145 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Safety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates) Authorised gas testerIf a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6.

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

PTWS Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Identify 4 different hazards at a simulated operational workplace and conduct a risk assessment on the

hazard presenting the highest potential risk, using the recommended procedure.2. Accurately describe the scope and objectives of PDO’s PTW system.3. Accurately explain the roles and responsibilities of the persons that are authorised to sign PTWs.4. State correctly, the controls relating to isolations and when they would be used within the PTW procedure.5. Explain correctly what work requires a permit, and given 6 different work activities, indicate correctly which

require permits and what type.6. Given a specific work activity that is said to be required at a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or actual

operational area, carry out the role of a Permit Applicant, and produce all necessary documentation for both the Job Safety plan and the Permit application as required by the PTW procedure.

7. Given a specific permit application, carry out the role of a Responsible Supervisor and when satisfied or not satisfied all conditions have been met as set out in the PTW procedure, correctly authorise or reject the permit.

8. Given a specific authorised permit, carry out the role of the permit applicant and brief the permit holder, to include all relevant detail.

9. Decide correctly, in accordance with the PTW procedure, whether to validate a specific PTW or not (and why) after being given a briefing by a permit holder on the intended task.

10. Acting as an Area Authority, when presented with a PTW certificate and a request to revalidate it by a permit holder, determine correctly whether to do so when supplied with the relevant information.

11. Acting as an Area Authority, when presented with a PTW that has been signed by the permit holder as job completed, correctly carry out the required actions.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the PTWS course:PR1001a – Facilities change procedure PR 1001c – Temporary override of safeguarding

systemsPR 1001e – Operations procedure temporary variance PR 1002 – Engineering & operations Excavation

certificate procedurePR 1076 – Isolation of Process equipment PR 1078 Hydrogen Sulphide ManagementPR 1148 – Entry into a confined space PR 1154 – Gas Testing ProcedurePR 1242 – Activities in the vicinity of overhead powerlines

PR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part I

PR 1418b - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part II

PR 1418c - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part III

PR 1515 Onsite mercury management PR 1709 – Lifting & Hoisting procedure Lift Planning Execution

PR 2010 HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1108 22 Electrical Safety Operating procedures

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 1170 Naturally Occurring Radioactive Procedures

Page 146 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SP 1237 – Ionising Radiation SP 2087 – Specification for onsite mercury management

GU 501 – Guidelines for Excavating and Working around Live Pipelines

GU 612 – Guidelines – Incident Investigation & reporting

GU 624 – Permit to Work Licensing GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 147 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(PTWSR) Permit to Work Signatories scheduled Recertification Assessment Aim:

To provide the knowledge and understanding of the PTW procedure to enable delegates to competently carry out the role of a signatory.

Assessment Objectives 1. Promote a thorough knowledge & understanding of the PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.2. Confirm delegates are able to identify hazards and carry out risk assessment procedures.3. Using a role play, have delegates participate in a step-by-step flow through the operation of the PTW

system.4. Ensure delegates are provided with the opportunity to demonstrate their competence to function as a

PTW signatory.Essential PTWSR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Carrying out hazard identification and the risk assessment process. 2. The PDO PTW System, its scope and objectives.3. Work that needs a permit, who produces and signs it, when, where and for what activities.4. Roles and Responsibilities of persons who sign permit documents.5. A step-by-step flow through how the PTW system operates.6. Control of isolations, the work tracking system and PTW system certificates.7. Hazard management, job safety plans, TRIC cards and toolbox talks.

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Six (6)

Delivery Language(s) English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Permit to Work Signatories

PTWS

PDO and Contractor personnel who have been trained and hold a valid, current PTW signatory license to fulfill a role within the Permit to Work System as a permit applicant, area authority or responsible supervisor

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for PTWSR AssessmentHSE Induction Coverall or working clothing Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Safety Footwear & Hard Hat ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & Skills Current, valid PTWS permit Age 21 or overCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment 2 x Passport sized photoSafety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates) Authorised gas testerIf a PDO contractor delegate’s English is not his/her first language, then a letter to the Approved Training Provider is required from his/her supervisor confirming English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6.

6 Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

PTWSR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Page 148 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

1. Identify 4 different hazards at a simulated operational workplace and conduct a risk assessment on the hazard presenting the highest potential risk, using the recommended procedure.

2. Accurately describe the scope and objectives of PDO’s PTW system.3. Accurately explain the roles and responsibilities of the persons that are authorised to sign PTWs.4. State correctly, the controls relating to isolations and when they would be used within the PTW procedure.5. Explain correctly what work requires a permit, and given 6 different work activities, indicate correctly

which require permits and what type.6. Given a specific work activity that is said to be required at a simulated (HSE Training Centre) or actual

operational area, carry out the role of a Permit Applicant, and produce all necessary documentation for both the Job Safety plan and the Permit application as required by the PTW procedure.

7. Given a specific permit application, carry out the role of a Responsible Supervisor and when satisfied or not satisfied all conditions have been met as set out in the PTW procedure, correctly authorise or reject the permit.

8. Given a specific authorised permit, carry out the role of the permit applicant and brief the permit holder, to include all relevant detail.

9. Decide correctly, in accordance with the PTW procedure, whether to validate a specific PTW or not (and why) after being given a briefing by a permit holder on the intended task.

10. Acting as an Area Authority, when presented with a PTW certificate and a request to revalidate it by a permit holder, determine correctly whether to do so when supplied with the relevant information.

11. Acting as an Area Authority, when presented with a PTW that has been signed by the permit holder as job completed, correctly carry out the required actions.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this PTWSR Assessment:PR1001a – Facilities change procedure PR 1001c – Temporary override of safeguarding

systemsPR 1001e – Operations procedure temporary variance PR 1002 – Engineering & operations Excavation

certificate procedurePR 1076 – Isolation of Process equipment PR 1078 Hydrogen Sulphide ManagementPR 1148 – Entry into a confined space PR 1154 – Gas Testing ProcedurePR 1242 – Activities in the vicinity of overhead powerlines

PR 1418 – Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part I

PR 1418b - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part II

PR 1418c - Incident notification, reporting & follow-up procedure Part III

PR 1515 Onsite mercury management PR 1709 – Lifting & Hoisting procedure Lift Planning Execution

PR 2010 HSe Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1108 22 Electrical Safety Operating procedures

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 1170 Naturally Occurring Radioactive ProceduresSP 1237 – Ionising Radiation SP 2087 – Specification for onsite mercury

managementGU 501 – Guidelines for Excavating and Working around Live Pipelines

GU 612 – Guidelines – Incident Investigation & reporting

GU 624 – Permit to Work Licensing GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE assessment system

Page 149 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SCAP) Scaffold Appreciation course Course Aim:

Provide awareness, knowledge and understanding of the essential roles and responsibilities of those supervising the use of scaffolding or access equipment or installations.

Course Objectives 1. Conduct an effective pre-work assessment of a scaffold or access equipment installation2. Identify all necessary documents and features related to a scaffold or access equipment

installation that should be, are in place.3. Conduct a HEMP exercise prior to work that involves the use of scaffold or access equipment,

starting.4. Conduct an effective TBT associated with an activity that will use scaffold or access equipment.

Essential SCAP Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Permits required for activities involving the use of access and scaffolding equipment & installations.

2. Electrical, mechanical and process isolation requirements..3. Static, moving, lifting and anchoring equipment integral to the means of access and high

structures.4. What does ‘correctly fitted, in a sound condition and fit for the intended purpose’, mean?.5. Personal Protection requirements for those using access and scaffolding equipment &

installations6. Using HEMP, TRIC and TBTs 7. Specific Scaffold, access safety and supervisory control of people.8. Communications drills: why they are needed; testing arrangement9. Emergency transport: Why it is required; how and where it should be stationed.10. Record keeping.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval

Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Scaffold Appreciation SCAPAll HSE AdvisersAll other personnel who supervise activities which involve the use of scaffolding or staging

Compulsory

Page 150 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCAP training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or over

Eye protection (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

GP gloves (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

SCAP Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When provided with an intended activity that must take place using scaffold or access

equipment, Correctly carry out a HEMP exercise on the activity and location, as a member of a

team Accurately prepare a TRIC card for the activity and location

2. When shown a scaffold or access equipment installation, at an actual or simulated work place, that workers must use to carry out their intended activity, correctly identify:

that all necessary permits have been obtained. that any necessary electrical, mechanical and process isolations have been positively

carried out. that all static, moving, lifting and anchoring equipment integral to the means of access

and high structure, including those associated with the work task, are correctly fitted in a sound condition and fit for the intended purpose.

that all personnel have been provided with the required personal protection. that all personnel will be or have been briefed in, and understand, the safety aspects

of the job. Communications drills between members of the work team have been adequately

rehearsed and all communications equipment is functioning. that suitable emergency transport is permanently available for use on site.

3. Demonstrate that all the required records are entered into correctly identified documents after a pre-use assessment of a scaffold or access equipment installation has been completed.

4. During role play, conduct an effective Tool Box Talk for the team that are to carry out the activity on the scaffolding or access equipment installation that was previously considered.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCAP course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1257 - Scaffolding, Working at Heights or Over Water, Lifting Operations and Earthworks

CP 122 – HSE Management System

SP 124 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 151 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SCAPR) Scaffold Appreciation scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm the necessary awareness, knowledge and understanding of the essential roles and responsibilities of those supervising the use of scaffolding or access equipment or installations has been retained by those previously SCAP trained.

Assessment Objectives 1. Confirm delegate can conduct an effective pre-work assessment of a scaffold or access equipment

installation2. Confirm the delegate can correctly identify that all necessary documents and features related to a

scaffold or access equipment installation that should be, are in place.3. Confirm the delegate can conduct a HEMP exercise prior to work that involves the use of scaffold

or access equipment, starting.4. Confirm that the delegate can conduct an effective TBT associated with an activity that will use

scaffold or access equipment. Essential SCAPR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Permits required for activities involving the use of access and scaffolding equipment & installations.

2. Electrical, mechanical and process isolation requirements..3. Static, moving, lifting and anchoring equipment integral to the means of access and high

structures.4. What does ‘correctly fitted, in a sound condition and fit for the intended purpose’, mean?.5. Personal Protection requirements for those using access and scaffolding equipment & installations6. Using HEMP, TRIC and TBTs 7. Specific Scaffold, access safety and supervisory control of people.8. Communications drills: why they are needed; testing arrangement9. Emergency transport: Why it is required; how and where it should be stationed.10. Record keeping.Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Scaffold Appreciation Reassessment

SCAPRAll previously SCAP trained HSE Advisers, and other personnel who supervise activities which involve the use of scaffolding or staging.

Compulsory

Page 152 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCAPR Assessment Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Hard hat Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or over

Eye protection Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment.

GP gloves Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Scaffolding Appreciation within previous 3 years.

SCAPR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When provided with an intended activity that must take place using scaffold or access

equipment, Correctly carry out a HEMP exercise on the activity and location, as a member of a

team Accurately prepare a TRIC card for the activity and location

2. When shown a scaffold or access equipment installation, at an actual or simulated work place, that workers must use to carry out their intended activity, correctly identify:

that all necessary permits have been obtained. that any necessary electrical, mechanical and process isolations have been positively

carried out. that all static, moving, lifting and anchoring equipment integral to the means of access

and high structure, including those associated with the work task, are correctly fitted in a sound condition and fit for the intended purpose.

that all personnel have been provided with the required personal protection. that all personnel will be or have been briefed in, and understand, the safety aspects

of the job. Communications drills between members of the work team have been adequately

rehearsed and all communications equipment is functioning. that suitable emergency transport is permanently available for use on site.

3. Demonstrate that all the required records are entered into correctly identified documents after a pre-use assessment of a scaffold or access equipment installation has been completed.

4. During role play, conduct an effective Tool Box Talk for the team that are to carry out the activity on the scaffolding or access equipment installation that was previously considered.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCAPR assessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemSP 1257 - Scaffolding, Working at Heights or Over Water, Lifting Operations and Earthworks CP 122 – HSE Management System

SP 124 – Personal Protective Equipment

Page 153 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SCIN) Scaffold Inspector courseCourse Aim:

To ensure those required to inspect and declare scaffold installations safe to use by others, are properly aware of the requirements for safe installations, PDO’s requirements, their personal responsibilities and can carry out scaffolding inspections competently.

Course Objectives 1. Provide the knowledge and understanding required for effective inspection of scaffolding under

all conditions.2. Provide awareness of standards applying to scaffolding equipment3. Provide knowledge and understanding of PDO’s requirements for scaffold inspection, labelling

and records.4. After successful assessment, issue ‘Competent Scaffold Inspector’ certificate

Essential SCIN Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Scaffold Regulations2. Duty of care; public protection.3. Scaffold terms and requirements: base, standards, ledgers, transoms, ledger & facade bracings,

guardrails, work platforms, toe boards, ties, fans and catchment platforms, tube end caps, boards, loadings

4. Tower scaffold terms and requirements: base dimensions, base/height ratio, ballast fitting, maximum loads, tower foundation, mobile tower scaffolds, system scaffolds, bracing, ties,

5. Ladders and other scaffolding access options6. Ground area and conditions7. Equipment attached to scaffold for access, lifting (Gin wheels) hoists etc, Special conditions -

scaffold over water, working outside handrails8. Types of inspection - Pre-installation, post-installation, daily pre-work, post-alteration, post-

adverse weather inspections.9. Scaffold labelling – how, where, when and what information; other scaffold signage.10. Site scaffolding/staging inspection logbook and recordsMax. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Scaffold Inspector

SCINAll PDO & Contractor personnel required to determine and record if scaffolding is safe to use by others at work.

Compulsory

Page 154 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCIN training Safety footwear & Hard hat (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Eye protection & GP gloves (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or over(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment. (SLS) Safety Leadership for SupervisorsEither qualified as CITB Advanced Scaffolder, OR holds NVQ Level 3 ‘Accessing’, OR has obtained written PDO (UIB4) Approval that satisfactory evidence of work experience PLUS appropriate diploma, degree, or trade certificates have been provided to attend the course.

3 years working experience as Advanced Scaffolder. SCIN Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. Correctly identify the Regulations that govern scaffolding 2. Correctly identify the different times at which inspections of scaffolding or access equipment

installations must be carried out.3. Correctly identify the labelling and documentation required when erecting, using or

disassembling scaffolding or access equipment installations. 4. Carry out an effective inspection of basic Independent, Birdcage and Tower scaffolds Using

Systems Scaffold at an actual or simulated work place, and correctly identify the labels and documents that are required for the particular installation inspected.

5. Carry out an effective inspection of Independent , Birdcage, Tower Cantilever, Bridge and Hung scaffolds Using Tube and Fittings Scaffold at an actual or simulated work place, and correctly identify the labels and documents that are required for the particular installation inspected.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCIN course:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1257 - Scaffolding, Working at Heights or Over Water, Lifting Operations and Earthworks CP 122 – HSE Management System

SP 124 – Personal Protective Equipment BS 1139 – Metal Scaffolding

BS 5973 “Code of Practice for Access and Working Scaffolds and Special Scaffold Structures in Steel” BS 6651 – Lightning protection

BS 2482 Boards Decree No 34/1973 Oman Labour Law - Chapter 7

Page 155 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SCINR) Scaffold Inspectors scheduled RecertificationAssessment Aim:

To ensure those not CITB qualified as ‘Scaffold Inspectors’, required to inspect and declare scaffold installations safe to use by others, remain properly aware of the requirements for safe installations, PDO’s requirements, their personal responsibilities and can carry out scaffolding inspections competently.

Assessment Objectives Confirm delegates have retained:1. The knowledge and understanding required for effective inspection of scaffolding under all

conditions.2. Awareness of standards applying to scaffolding equipment3. The knowledge and understanding of PDO’s requirements for scaffold inspection, labelling and

records.4. The abaility to conduct effective scaffold and access equipment installation inspections effectively.

Essential SCINR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Scaffold Regulations2. Duty of care; public protection.3. Scaffold terms and requirements: base, standards, ledgers, transoms, ledger & facade bracings,

guardrails, work platforms, toe boards, ties, fans and catchment platforms, tube end caps, boards, loadings

4. Tower scaffold terms and requirements: base dimensions, base/height ratio, ballast fitting, maximum loads, tower foundation, mobile tower scaffolds, system scaffolds, bracing, ties,

5. Ladders and other scaffolding access options6. Ground area and conditions7. Equipment attached to scaffold for access, lifting (Gin wheels) hoists etc, Special conditions -

scaffold over water, working outside handrails8. Types of inspection - Pre-installation, post-installation, daily pre-work, post-alteration, post-

adverse weather inspections.9. Scaffold labelling – how, where, when and what information; other scaffold signage10. Site scaffolding/staging inspection logbook and records

Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Six (6)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Scaffold Inspector Recertification

SCINRAll PDO & Contractor personnel required to determine and record if scaffolding is safe to use by others at work.

Compulsory

Page 156 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for SCINR Assessment Safety footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Scaffold Inspector (SCIN)certificateCoverall or working clothing Initial Fire Response Valid HSE passportEye protection & GP gloves HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Either qualified as CITB Advanced Scaffolder, OR holds NVQ Level 3 ‘Accessing’, OR has obtained written PDO (UIB4) Approval that satisfactory evidence of work experience PLUS appropriate diploma, degree, or trade certificates have been provided to attend the course.

3 years working experience as Advanced Scaffolder and Scaffold Inspector SCINR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

1. Correctly identify the Regulations that govern scaffolding 2. Correctly identify the different times at which inspections of scaffolding or access equipment

installations must be carried out.3. Correctly identify the labelling and documentation required when erecting, using or disassembling

scaffolding or access equipment installations. 4. Carry out an effective inspection of basic Independent, Birdcage and Tower scaffolds Using

Systems Scaffold at an actual or simulated work place, and correctly identify the labels and documents that are required for the particular installation inspected.

5. Carry out an effective inspection of Independent , Birdcage, Tower Cantilever, Bridge and Hung scaffolds Using Tube and Fittings Scaffold at an actual or simulated work place, and correctly identify the labels and documents that are required for the particular installation inspected.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SCINR assessment:SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1257 - Scaffolding, Working at Heights or Over Water, Lifting Operations and Earthworks CP 122 – HSE Management System

SP 1234 – Personal Protective Equipment

Other documents related to the SCINR assessmentBS 1139 – Metal Scaffolding Decree No 34/1973 Oman Labour Law - Chapter 7

BS 5973 /1993 “Code of Practice for Access and Working Scaffolds and Special Scaffold Structures in Steel” (BS EN12811-1:2003)BS 2482/2009 – Specification for Timber Scaffold Boards

BS 6651 /1999 – Protection of structures against Lightning : (BS EN 62305)

Course Title:

Page 157 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

(SLE) Safety Leadership for Executives Course Aim:

To create self-awareness in Executive Safety Leaders that promotes sustained visible and felt safety leadership and an organisational environment that will positively drive forward an improved safety culture.

Course Objectives 1. To provide workgroup activities that lead to self-realisation that executives are fully accountable

for their organisation’s safety performance by how they are seen by others, and by what they do.2. Provide workgroup activities that require active listening, effective communication and positive

safety leadership to achieve key learning that influences values, attitudes and behaviours.3. Provide a self-reflection and personal action planning opportunity in relation to safety

leadership, that includes specific goals and time scales, accountability agents, and the monitoring, measuring and review mechanisms to be used to measure its success.

Essential SLE Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. The need for alignment – A Shared vision and case for change2. Safety as a value3. Responsibility and accountability for safety4. Profile of a good safety leader; the See-Hear-Feel-Do and Active listening models.5. ‘Unwritten rules’ – the ‘Say-Do Gap’.6. Zero is possible7. Goal Zero’s challenges to the contracting community8. Fitness to work and fatigue.9. ABC of Behavioural Safety10. Personal learning & commitment

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Four (4) years Five (5) Thirty (30)Delivery Language(s)

EnglishCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Safety Leadership for Executives

SLEPDO and Contractor Executives and deputies having full executive authority.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for training HSE Induction HSE Tools & Skills Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment ID / res. Card.

Page 158 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SLE Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Demonstrate, through your workshop contributions, that personal accountability is accepted for

your own actions and those you manage and supervise.2. Demonstrate during workshop activities that you can apply the agreed principles of the aligned

safety approach to all of the workshop tasks, and intended future plans.3. Demonstrate during the workshop activities, that you use an appropriate safety leadership style for

the presented situation, and use the INCLUDE, See-Hear-Feel-Do and Actively listening models when interacting with others.

4. Demonstrate through workshop activities, that you recognise safe initiatives on the part of others or yourself, whist using any of the available tools (e.g. Hazard Id, Risk Assessment, TRIC & TBTs, STOP, A-B-C etc).

5. Prepare a personal safety leadership action plan, with specific goals, time scales, accountability agent, together with the monitoring, measuring and review mechanisms to be used.

6. Demonstrate how you will measure the impact you have on others’ safe behaviours, how you will review this against your personal action plan’s intent, and at what frequency.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SLE course:CP 122 – HSE Management System Manual PR 1171 – Contract HSE management Pt IIPR 1173 – Incident Investigation, Reporting & Follow up PR 1418 - Incident Investigation, Reporting & Follow up Pt1PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoringSP 1080 – Contract HSE Requirements SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationSP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnel

Sp 1259 – Safety Training Observation Program

GU 253 – Incident Investigation, Reporting & Follow UpGU 271 - Incident Investigation, Reporting & Follow Up

Page 159 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers workshopCourse Aim:

To enable Safety Leaders to create an environment in which safe behaviours are promoted and unsafe acts challenged.

Course Objectives 1. Exploring what safety as a value means to the individual delegate.2. Establishing the expectations of Safety Leaders.3. How to effectively base behaviour around safety.4. Establishing Safety leadership influence and preparing a personal action plan.

Essential SLM Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Safety Training Success Factors2. Safety as a value3. Personal responsibility; Setting clear expectations4. Profile of a good safety leader; Active Listening5. Interventions and STOP6. Learning from our safety achievements7. ABC of Behavioural Safety8. Following the rules; Positive and negative Safety cultures9. Safe Leadership styles; How do you show up as a Safety Leader?10. Areas for personal improvement; Personal Action PlanMax. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Sixteen (16) hours Four (4) years Five (5) Thirty (30)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic or English Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

Safety Leadership for Managers

SLMAll PDO & Contractor staff whose role involves the supervision of work done or being done by at least one other supervisor or manager .

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for training HSE Induction online (PDO site specific) Initial Fire Response Current, valid HSE PassportHSE Induction course Safety FootwearHSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothingCoaching, Mentoring & Assessment Hard hat

Page 160 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Consistently demonstrate compliance with Golden, House and Life Saving Rules.2. Consistently demonstrate use of the See-Hear-Feel-Do and Actively Listening models when dealing with others during a

ToolBox Talk simulation. 3. Demonstrate effective safety leadership by producing a clear positive influence on the behaviour of other supervisors,

managers and other staff.4. Consistently demonstrate use of the INCLUDE model and Actively listen when interfacing with groups. 5. Demonstrate your ability to effectively communicate learning from incidents with others, in order to positively

influence their values, attitudes and behaviour.6. Correctly apply the ABC Behavioural Safety principles to a simulated unsafe behaviour/practice in order to achieve a

positive change in behaviour. 7. Carry out an ad-hoc STOP visit to a simulated or actual workplace, following the correct total observation process, and

intervention conversation, before reporting the observation using the STOP database or observation card, and produce a follow up action plan.

8. Demonstrate that personal responsibility is accepted for the supervisors’, managers’ and their teams’ workplace safety behaviours and performance, by producing a personal action plan, committing to it, having a peer hold you to account for it, reviewing and reporting on it.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:CP 122 – Health, Safety & Environmental Management System

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and monitoring

SP 1259 – Safety Training Observation Program SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 161 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SLOT) Supervisor Lifting Operations Training course

Course Aim: To provide knowledge, understanding and skills in the consideration of the safety of persons and property in lifting operations.

Course Objectives 1. Be able to apply knowledge of the regulations applicable to cranes and the environment.2. Be able to apply knowledge of slinging techniques and their application.3. Be able to apply technical knowledge of cranes, their characteristics, rated capacity chart and

specification information, mechanisms and safety equipment.Essential SLOT Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

2. Legislation and regulations applicable to lifting operations.3. Supervisory skills before, during and after a lifting operation.4. Lift planning, lifting operations5. Cranes, their characteristics, rated capacity charts and specifications, mechanisms and safety

equipment.6. Handling and mitigating emergencies, recovery7. Slinging techniques and their application8. Safety of the environment9. Certification, marking and recognising safe and unsafe lifting equipment.Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Three (3) years Three (3) Eight (8)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Supervisor Lifting Operations Training

SLOTContractor personnel required to supervise lifting operations

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SLOT training Safety Footwear & Hard hat (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Eye protection & GP gloves (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or over

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid ROP licence

(SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors (RNB) Rigger & Banksman

SLOT Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When planning a lift, demonstrate the correct application of technical knowledge about cranes,

their characteristics, rated capacity chart and specifications.2. Prepare a safe system of work for a lifting operation.3. Select a suitable crane for the lifting operation.4. Safely supervise the operation of any crane being used in the lifting operation.5. Explain how you make full use of the various characteristics of the cranes in use.

Page 162 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

6. Identify any defects in the lifting operation or crane, and demonstrate your ability to take the correct actions.

7. Demonstrate how to ensure that the cranes in use have a maintenance procedure in place and they are being followed.

8. Demonstrate that all relevant reports and other documentation have been completed correctly9. Demonstrate compliance with all statutory requirements and codes of practice during the lifting

operation.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SLOT course:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 163 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SLOTR) Supervisor Lifting Operations Training scheduled Reassessment

Assessment Aim: To ensure a trained Lift Supervisor retains the required knowledge, understanding and skills in the consideration of the safety of persons and property in lifting operations.

Assessment Objectives To provide assurance that a trained Lift Supervisor remains able to:

1. Apply knowledge of the regulations applicable to cranes and the environment.2. Apply knowledge of slinging techniques and their application.3. Apply technical knowledge of cranes, their characteristics, rated capacity chart and

specification information, mechanisms and safety equipment.Essential SLOTR Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Legislation and regulations applicable to lifting operations.2. Supervisory skills before, during and after a lifting operation.3. Lift planning, lifting operations4. Cranes, their characteristics, rated capacity charts and specifications, mechanisms and safety

equipment.5. Handling and mitigating emergencies, recovery6. Slinging techniques and their application7. Safety of the environment8. Certification, marking and recognising safe and unsafe lifting equipment.Max. Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. Delegates

Two (2) hours Three (3) years One (1) Five (5)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Supervisor Lifting Operations Training Re-

certificationSLOTR

Contractor personnel previously SLOT trained to supervise lifting operations

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SLOTR Assessment Safety Footwear & Hard hat HSE Induction Valid HSE passport

Eye protection & GP gloves Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing HSE Tools & Skills Age 21 or over

Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment Valid ROP licence

SLOT Safety Leadership for Supervisors Rigger & Banksman

SLOTR Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. When planning a lift, demonstrate the correct application of technical knowledge about cranes,

their characteristics, rated capacity chart and specifications.2. Prepare a safe system of work for a lifting operation.

Page 164 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

3. Select a suitable crane for the lifting operation.4. Safely supervise the operation of any crane being used in the lifting operation.5. Explain how you make full use of the various characteristics of the cranes in use.6. Identify any defects in the lifting operation or crane, and demonstrate your ability to take the

correct actions.7. Demonstrate how to ensure that the cranes in use have a maintenance procedure in place and

they are being followed.8. Demonstrate that all relevant reports and other documentation have been completed correctly9. Demonstrate compliance with all statutory requirements and codes of practice during the lifting

operation.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SLOTR assessment:

SP 1251 Training Requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 165 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SLR) Safety Leadership scheduled Reassessment workshopAssessment Aim:

To facilitate workshop activities that renew Safety Leaders’ personal commitment to create and maintain an environment in which safe behaviours are promoted and unsafe acts challenged.

Assessment Objectives Confirm delegates’ ability to apply the principles of:1. Having safety as a value.2. The Company’s expectations of Safety Leaders.3. Baseing work place behaviour around safety.4. Safety leadership influence 5. Monitoring and updating your personal action plan

Essential Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)1. The need for alignment and a shared vision2. Personal responsibility; Maintaining clear expectations3. Profile of a good safety leader; Active Listening4. Tackling unwritten rules – the ‘say-do’ gap5. Interventions, STOP & ABC of Behavioural Safety6. Zero is possible7. Fitness to work and fatigue in the workplace8. Following the rules; Safe and positive worksites9. Leadership & Commitment; 10. Areas for Improvement - Personal Action Plans – what has worked and what has not?

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Four (5) hours Four (4) years Ten (10) Fifty (50)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Safety Leadership Reassessment

SLRAll PDO & Contractor supervisors, managers and executives.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SLR Assessment IND, IFR, HTS, CMC, INDP and (SLS or SLM or SLE) Safety Leadership for Supervisors, Managers or ExecutivesCurrent, valid HSE Passport

Evidence of delegate’s previous personal safety action plan being used in the workplace.

Page 166 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SLR Assessment Performance criteria (Formative & Summative)(MUST do during/after training)

1. Demonstrate their use of a personal safety action plan, how it has been moniotored, and evidence of what worked, what didn’t work and why.

2. Demonstrate use of See-Hear-Feel-Do and Active Listening when dealing with others during workshop activities.

3. Demonstrate through your report backs since previous Safety Leadership training how you: have applied effective safety leadership applied the ABC Behavioural Safety principles in the workplace produced a clear positive influence on the behaviour of others

4. Carry out an ad-hoc STOP visit to a simulated or actual workplace using, the correct STOP total observation process, an intervention conversation, the STOP database or observation card, the production of a follow up action plan to close identified issues out.

5. Demonstrate that personal responsibility is accepted as a safety leader, for your team’s workplace safety behaviours and performance, by: producing a personal safety action plan, committing to it, naming a peer to hold you to account for it, specifying how you will review and report on your plan to your line manager.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SLR assessment:CP 122 – Health, Safety & Environmental Management System

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and monitoring

SP 1259 – Safety Training Observation Program SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 167 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Two Safety Leadership Re-assessment workshops will be hosted by PDO, organised and run during the 1st week of each calendar quarter. Facilitators will be drawn from PDO, PDO contractors and the PDO Training Community.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors workshopCourse Aim:

To enable Safety Leaders to create an environment in which safe behaviours are promoted and unsafe acts challenged.

Course Objectives 1. Exploring what safety as a value means to the individual delegate.2. Establishing the expectations of Safety Leaders.3. How to effectively base behaviour around safety.4. Establishing Safety leadership influence and preparing a personal action plan

Essential SLS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Safety Training Success Factors2. Who is a supervisor?; Personal responsibility; Setting clear expectations3. Profile of a good safety leader; Active Listening4. Interventions and STOP5. Hazard & Risk awareness; Hazard controls and tools6. ABC of Behavioural Safety7. Learning from our safety achievements8. Following the rules; Safe and positive worksites9. Safe Leadership styles; Leadership & Commitment; Areas for Improvement10. Personal Action Plan

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) hours Four (4) years Five (5) Thirty (30)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic, English or HindiCourse Title Course Code Target Population Type

Safety Leadership for Supervisors

SLSAll PDO & Contractor staff whose role involves the supervision of work done or being done by at least one other person

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SLS training HSE Induction online (PDO site specific) HSE Induction course Safety Footwear & hard hatCoaching, Mentoring & Assessment H2S Awareness & Escape Coverall or working clothingHSE Tools & Skills Initial Fire Response Valid HSE Passport

Page 168 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SLS Assessment Performance criteria (Formative & Summative)(MUST do during/after training)

1. Consistently demonstrate compliance with Golden, House and Life Saving Rules.2. Demonstrate use of See-Hear-Feel-Do and Active Listening when dealing with others during a TBT

simulation. 3. Demonstrate effective safety leadership by producing a clear positive influence on the behaviour

of others.4. At a simulated or actual operational workplace, identify 5 hazards, one physical, chemical,

biological, ergonomic and psycho-social.5. Correctly carry out a risk assessment on one of the 5 identified hazards and be able to correctly

quantify the risk.6. Consistently use the INCLUDE model and Actively listen when interfacing with groups. 7. Correctly apply the ABC Behavioural Safety principles to a simulated unsafe behaviour/practice in

order to achieve a positive change in behaviour. 8. Carry out an ad-hoc STOP visit to a simulated or actual workplace, following the correct total

observation process, and intervention conversation, before reporting the observation using the STOP database or observation card, and produce a follow up action plan.

9. Demonstrate that personal responsibility is accepted as a safety leader, for a team’s workplace safety behaviours and performance by producing a personal action plan, committing to it, having a peer hold you to account for it, reviewing and reporting

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the SLS course:CP 122 – Health, Safety & Environmental Management System

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and monitoring

SP 1259 – Safety Training Observation Program SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationsGU 673 ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 169 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix F – Level 2 Defensive Driving (HSE) courses and assessmentsCourse Title:

(SJM) Safe Journey Manager course Course Aim:

To provide delegates with the knowledge of the Safe Journey Management system and its components, so they are able to effectively fulfill the role of a Safe Journey Manager.

Course Objectives 1. Describe the roles and responsibilities of all persons involved in the process.2. Explain the correct emergency procedures.3. Describe the components a of a journey plan.

Essential SJM Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Definition of SJM2. Responsibilities of : Authorizing person - Journey Manager - Driver3. Driver - Emergency Procedures: Incident or Crash – Breakdown - Overdue / Lost Man4. Weather 5. Journey Plans6. Convoy procedures7. Vehicle checklist

8. Multi-destination journeys

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eight (8) hours Two (2) years Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Safe Journey Manager

SJMPDO and Contractor first line supervisors and/or managers responsible for the operational management of driving activities, and Contractor HSE Advisers.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for PTWSR Assessment(IND) HSE Induction Age 25 or over(IFR) Initial Fire Response Current, valid HSE passport(DD01) defensive driving, light vehicles, blacktop roads Current, valid ROP issued ID or residency cardCurrent, valid DD01 permit 2 x passport size photos(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentSupervisors – (SLS) Safety leadership for Supervisors Managers – (SLM) Safety Leadership for Managers

Page 170 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SJM Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly define Safe Journey Management2. Correctly define which journeys require a formal Safe Journey Management Plan.3. Detail the responsibilities of all parties involved in the Safe Journey Management system.4. Explain correctly the emergency procedures associated with Safe Journey Management.5. List all of the checks that need to be made in a PDO vehicle safety check, and the responsibilities of the

SJM in relation to them.6. Correctly explain the different components of a Safe Journey Plan.7. Correctly describe convoy procedures in PDO, and list the exemptions.8. Explain multi-destination procedures correctly.9. Describe how weather conditions may affect a journey, and what actions a SJM would take in becoming

aware of changing conditions.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this SJM Assessment:

CP 122 HSE Management System PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 2000 Road Transport Specification

Page 171 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Assessment Title:

(SJMR) Safe Journey Manager scheduled Reassessment Assessment Aim:

To confirm, using a computer based assessment, delegates have retained the required knowledge of the Safe Journey Management system and its components, so they may continue to effectively fulfill the role of a Safe Journey Manager.

Course Objectives 1. Describe the roles and responsibilities of all persons involved in the process.2. Explain the correct emergency procedures.3. Describe the components a of a journey plan.

Essential SJM Assessment components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Definition of SJM2. Responsibilities of : Authorizing person - Journey Manager - Driver3. Driver - Emergency Procedures: Incident or Crash – Breakdown - Overdue / Lost Man4. Weather 5. Journey Plans6. Convoy procedures7. Vehicle checklist

8. Multi-destination journeys

Max. Duration Max. reassessment interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One (1) hour Three (3) years One (1) Limited by PC access only

Delivery Language(s) Arabic, English, Hindi

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Safe Journey Manager

ReassessmentSJMR

PDO and Contractor first line supervisors and/or managers responsible for the operational management of driving activities, and Contractor HSE Advisers.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for SJMR ReassessmentAttended SJM or SJMR within previous 4 years. Current, valid HSE passportCurrent, valid ROP driving licence Current, valid ROP issued ID or residency card

Page 172 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SJMR Reassessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Correctly define Safe Journey Management2. Correctly define which journeys require a formal Safe Journey Management Plan.3. Detail the responsibilities of all parties involved in the Safe Journey Management system.4. Explain correctly the emergency procedures associated with Safe Journey Management.5. List all of the checks that need to be made in a PDO vehicle safety check, and the

responsibilities of the SJM in relation to them.6. Correctly explain the different components of a Safe Journey Plan.7. Correctly describe convoy procedures in PDO, and list the exemptions.8. Explain multi-destination procedures correctly.9. Describe how weather conditions may affect a journey, and what actions a SJM would take in

becoming aware of changing conditions.PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this SJMR Reassessment:

CP 122 HSE Management System PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection & compliance monitoring

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications SP 2000 Road Transport Specification

Page 173 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix G – Level 3 HSE coursesCourse Title:

Institution of Occupational Safety & Health

(IOSHM) IOSH Managing Safely course

Course Aim: To provide delegates with the knowledge and tools to tackle the health and safety issues they’re responsible for, and why health and safety is such an essential part of their job.

Course Objectives 1. Provide Health and safety, and environmental basics for supervisors and managers.2. Provide the essentials of hazard identification, risk assessment and controls.3. Provide an introduction to investigating incidents and accidents.

Essential IOSHM Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Introducing Managing safely2. The legal framework and HSE Management Systems 3. Assessing and controlling risks4. Understanding your responsibilities5. Identifying hazards6. Investigating accidents and incidents7. Measuring safety performance8. Protecting our environment

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Forty (40) hours Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

IOSH Managing Safely IOSHM

PDO staff who are starting their HSE professional career path, and whose professional Learning Ladder includes this course.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for IOSHM training Safety Footwear & Hard hat (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportCoverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills ID / res. Card.(INDP) HSE Induction, site-specific (IFR) Initial Fire Response(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

SLS/SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors/Managers Minimum of 2 years work experience with PDO JG 5 or higher

Page 174 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

IOSHM Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined by IOSH during examination and practical assessment.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the IOSHM course:CP 122 HSE Management System Manual PR-1173 - Incident Investigation, Reporting and

Follow-up ProcedureSP-1225 - Environmental Management SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

Page 175 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBCCS) NEBOSH International Certificate in Construction health & safety course

Course Aim: Provide those who manage construction contractors, and Supervisors & Managers within the construction industry, with the knowledge required for them to ensure that staff and activities under their control are working safely.

Course Objectives 1. Provide delegates with the knowledge required to manage construction site and construction

contractors safely.2. Enable delegates to demonstrate their understanding of the learning through assessed practical

application.Essential NEBCCS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit IGC1Element 1 - Foundations in health & safety Element 2 - Policy Element 3 - Organising for health & safety Element 4 - Promoting a positive health & safety culture Element 5 - Risk assessment Element 6 - Principles of control Element 7 - Monitoring, review and audit Element 8 - Occupational incident and accident investigation, recording and reportingUnit ICC1Element 1 - Construction management Element 2 - Construction site hazards and risk control Element 3 - Movement of people and vehicles – hazards and risk control Element 4 - Musculoskeletal hazards and risk control Element 5 - Work equipment – hazards and risk control Element 6 - Electrical safety Element 7 - Fire safety Element 8 - Chemical and biological health hazards and risk control Element 9 - Physical and psychological health hazards and risk control Element 10 -Working at height - hazards and risk control Element 11 -Excavation work and confined spaces – hazards and risk control Element 12 -Demolition and deconstruction - hazards and risk control Unit ICC2Practical application of health and safety principles within Units IGC1 and ICC1.

Page 176 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Min. Course Duration Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One hundred and seven (107) tuition hours and fifty eight (58) private study

Three (3) Twelve (16)

Delivery Language(s)

English ONLY

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NEBOSH Certificate in construction health & safety

NEBCCSPDO and PDO contractor supervisory and management staff who have construction site responsibilities.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for NEBCCS training Safety Footwear & hard hat (ICC2)

(IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportEye protection & GP gloves (ICC2)

(IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Contract HSE Management(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

(SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors/Managers

PDO staff should assure themselves their English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6 before applying to attend this course.

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

NEBCCS Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Units IGC1 and ICC1:A 2 hour written examination for each of these units. (Minimum 45% to pass)ICC2:1. Carry out, unaided, a safety inspection of a construction workplace, identifying the more common

workplace hazards, deciding whether they are adequately controlled and, where necessary, suggesting appropriate and cost-effective control measures.

2. Prepare a report, in the candidate’s own handwriting or word-processed, that persuasively urges management to take appropriate action, explaining why such action is needed (including reference to possible breaches of legislation) and identifying, with due consideration of reasonable practicability, the control measures that should be implemented.

Candidates will normally be required to complete the ICC2 assessment within 14 days (before or after) sitting the examinations for Units IGC1 and ICC1.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBCCS course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

Page 177 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Page 178 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBEMC) Level 3 NEBOSH National Certificate in Environmental Management course

Course Aim: To provide Mangers and Supervisors with specific responsibility for Environmental Management to acquire a sound professional foundation in the subject.

Course Objectives Provide the necessary knowledge and understanding for delegates to implement effective environmental management systems, ensuring that line managers have a sound understanding of the principles of managing environmental risk.

Essential NEBEMC Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit NEC1:Element 1 - Foundations in environmental management Element 2 - Environmental management systems Element 3 - Environmental impact assessments 7 4 Element 4 - Control of emissions to air 2 4 Element 5 - Control of contamination of water resources 3 4 Element 6 - Control of waste and land use 4 5 Element 7 - Sources and use of energy and energy efficiency 3 5 Element 8 - Control of environmental noise 2 5 Element 9 - Planning for and dealing with environmental emergenciesUnit NEC2:Workplace Environmental management practical application

Minimum Course Duration

Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Thirty seven (37) taught hours + thirty three (33)

private study hoursNot Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) English

Page 179 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NEBOSH Level 3 Certificate in

Environmental Management

NEBEMC

PDO and contractor Managers and Supervisors who have specific responsibility for managing environment issues as part of their day to day duties, and who have the course included in their professional development Learning Ladder, or who seek such a professional qualification.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for NEBEMC training PPE requirements for Unit

NEC2(IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passport(IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Safety Footwear (HTS) HSE Tools & SkillsHard hat & GP gloves (CMC) )Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentCoverall or working clothing (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

NEBEMC Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Unit NEC1 is assessed by one two (2) -hour written examination.

Each written examination consists of ten (10) ‘short-answer’ questions and one (1) ‘long-answer’ question.

All questions are compulsory. Candidate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH. Pass rate is set at 45% minimum.

Unit NEC2 is assessed by one three (3) -hour practical examination. This is held on a date set by the course provider and must be taken within 14 days of a

written examination. The practical examination is internally assessed by the course provider and externally

moderated by NEBOSH. Unit NEC2 is not normally offered independently of the taught elements. Students will normally be required to complete the NEC2 assessment within 14 days (before or

after) of sitting the examination for Unit NEC1. Course providers will set the date on which the completed practical application must be submitted

to them to ensure they are marked and the results submitted to NEBOSH within 21 days of the date of the written examination.

Completion of study for NEC1 is recommended in order to undertake the practical application unit (NEC2).

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBEMC course:PR 1084 – Leak/Spill Management, site clean-up & restoration

PR 1419 – Abandonment & Restoration procedure

PR 1515 – Onsite Mercury Management SP 1005 – Emissions to AtmosphereSP 1006 – Aqueous Effluents SP 1007 – Accidental releases to land and waterSp 1008 – Use of energy, materials and resources SP 1009 – Waste Management

Page 180 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SP 1010 – Environmental noise and vibration SP 1011 – Flora and Fauna protectionSP 1012 – Land Management SP 1013 – Environmental PermittingSP 1194 – Chemical Management GU 195 – Environment Assessment guideGU 384 – Managing produced water disposal GU 386 – Managing emissions to atmosphereGU 387 – Managing exploration in the Oryx Reserve

Managing Izki groundwater contamination

GU 392 – Managing PDO water extraction at AL Khoudh

GU 393 – Managing effects of Yibal compaction

GU 447 – Integrated Impact Assessment guidelines

GU 632 – Water management control framework

GU 634 – Sampling of sewage for sewage treatment plant

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 181 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

This page left blank deliberately

Page 182 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBEMD) Level 5 NEBOSH Diploma in Environmental Management course

Course Aim: Provide the necessary knowledge and understanding for delegates to implement effective environmental management systems, ensuring that line managers have a sound understanding of the principles of managing environmental risk.

Course Objectives To provide high level knowledge and understanding of environmental management issues to existing qualified safety professionals and managers who have responsibilities for the management of environmental matters related to their organisation.

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)Unit ED1 Management of Environmental RiskElement 1 – Principles of environmental risk managementElement 2 – Environmental risk evaluationElement 3 – Control strategies for environmental risksElement 4 – Monitoring, review and auditElement 5 – Developments in environmental legislationElement 6 – Environmental legislative framework and methods of enforcementElement 7 – Public access to environmental informationElement 8 – Civil liability in relation to environmental pollutionElement 9 – Solid and liquid wastesElement 10 – Gaseous and particulate releases to atmosphereElement 11 - Water resources managementElement 12 – Control of environmental nuisanceElement 13 – Hazardous substancesElement 14 – Environmental implications of development and land useElement 15 - Energy use and efficiencyUnit ED2 - Application of environmental risk theory and practice

Minimum Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

One hundred and sixty (160) taught hours + thirty (30)

private study hoursNot Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) English ONLY

Page 183 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NEBOSHDiploma in

Environmental Management

NEBEMD

PDO and PDO Contractor safety professional s and managers who have environmental management responsibilities at work, and who require or seek to acquire a high level professional environmental management qualification.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for NEBEMD training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passportHard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & SkillsEye protection (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentGP gloves (SLS) Safety Leadership for SupervisorsEither NEBOSH Certificate, Diploma or NVQ OSH qualification at Level 3 or higher

NEBEMD Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Unit ED1 – is assessed by a single 3 hour examination in English.Delegate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH.Unit ED2 – The workplace based project is assessed via the completion of an environmental audit pro-forma and a written report of around 4,000 words. Projects are internally assessed by the course provider and externally moderated by NEBOSH.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBEMD course:PR 1084 – Leak/Spill Management, site clean-up & restoration

PR 1419 – Abandonment & Restoration procedure

PR 1515 – Onsite Mercury Management SP 1005 – Emissions to AtmosphereSP 1006 – Aqueous Effluents SP 1007 – Accidental releases to land and waterSp 1008 – Use of energy, materials and resources SP 1009 – Waste ManagementSP 1010 – Environmental noise and vibration SP 1011 – Flora and Fauna protectionSP 1012 – Land Management SP 1013 – Environmental PermittingSP 1194 – Chemical Management GU 195 – Environment Assessment guideGU 384 – Managing produced water disposal GU 386 – Managing emissions to atmosphereGU 387 – Managing exploration in the Oryx Reserve

Managing Izki groundwater contamination

GU 392 – Managing PDO water extraction at AL Khoudh

GU 393 – Managing effects of Yibal compaction

GU 447 – Integrated Impact Assessment guidelines

GU 632 – Water management control framework

GU 634 – Sampling of sewage for sewage treatment plant

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 184 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board for Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBHSA) NEBOSH Health & Safety at work qualification course

Course Aim: To provide delegates with knowledge and understanding of the common hazards, basic principles and methods of control associated with safeguarding the health and safety of people at work.

Course Objectives 1. To make delegates aware of the basic principles, legal duties and responsibilities associated with

health and safety at work.2. To enable delegates to identify and understand the harm potential of common workplace hazards.3. To enable delegates to carry out risk assessment, select and introduce appropriate hazard controls

to reduce risk Essential NEBHSA Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit 1Element 1 - The foundations of health and safety Element 2 - The responsibility for health and safety. Element 3 - Health and safety risk assessment and control. Element 4 - Hazards and control associated with work equipment. Element 5 - Transport safety. Element 6 - Hazards and control associated with electricity. Element 7 - Fire safety. Element 8 - Hazards and control associated with manual handling and repetitive movement Element 9 - Hazards and control associated with hazardous substances 2 4 Element 10 - Hazards and control associated with the working environment Unit 2Workplace based risk assessment

Min. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegatesEighteen (18) hours + Six

(6) private studyNot Applicable Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English & Arabic

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Level 2 NEBOSH Award in Health

& SafetyNEBAHS

PDO staff whose HSE Learning Ladder includes the course as part of their structured professional development.

Recommended

Page 185 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NEBHSA training Safety Footwear (Unit 2) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportHard hat (Unit 2) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (Unit 2) NEBHSA Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Unit HSW1 - The examination consists of forty questions (1 mark each) with one correct and three incorrect responses available per question. The examination paper covers the whole unit syllabus with at least one question per unit element and all questions are compulsory. Candidate scripts are scanned and marked electronically.

Unit HSW2 - is assessed by a one-hour practical assessment carried out in the candidate’s own workplace. This is held on a date set by the accredited course provider and must be taken within 14 days of a multiple choice examination. The practical assessment is internally assessed by the accredited course provider and externally moderated by NEBOSH

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBHSA course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 - HSE Training Specifications

Page 186 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBHSC) NEBOSH International Certificate in Occupational Safety & Health course

Course Aim: Provide delegates with the skills and know-how to fulfil their health & safety responsibilities in any country and in any kind of organisation.

Course Objectives Provide delegates with the core knowledge related to managing health & safety and controlling workplace hazards so that they may apply the core skills they have learnt in any workplace, within any country to promote safe working conditions and safe working behaviours.

Essential NEBHSC Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit IGC1 Management of International Health and SafetyElement 1 - Foundations in health & safety Element 2 - Policy Element 3 - Organising for health & safety Element 4 - Promoting a positive health & safety culture Element 5 - Risk assessment Element 6 - Principles of control Element 7 - Monitoring, review and audit Element 8 - Occupational incident and accident investigation, recording and reporting Unit IGC2 Control of international workplace hazardsElement 1 - Movement of people and vehicles – hazards and control Element 2 - Manual and mechanical handling – hazards and control Element 3 - Working equipment hazards and Control Element 4 - Electrical hazards and control Element 5 - Fire hazards and control Element 6 - Chemical and biological health hazards and control Element 7 - Physical and psychological health hazards and control Element - 8 Construction activities - hazards and control Unit IGC3 International health and safety practical applicationPractical hazard identification and risk assessment in the delegate’s workplace.

Minimum Course Duration Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eighty (80) tuition hours plus forty nine (49) private study hours

Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Page 187 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Delivery Language(s) English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NEBOSH International Certificate in Occupational health and safety

NEBHSC

PDO or Contractor staff who need this HSE qualification as part of their professional Learning Ladder, or who seek such a qualification.

Recommended

All PDO Level 1 Approved HSE Trainers, Interior HSE Training Contractor Representatives

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for NEBHSC training Safety Footwear (IGC3) (IND) HSE Induction Valid HSE passportHard hat (IGC3) (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (IGC3)

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

(SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Delegates should assure themselves their English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6 before applying to attend this course.

6 Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

NEBHSC Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

Units IGC1 and IGC2 are each assessed by one two-hour written examination.

Each written examination consists of ten ‘short-answer’ questions and one ‘long-answer’ question. All questions are compulsory.

Candidate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH.

Minimum pass rate is 45%.

Unit IGC3 is assessed by one two-hour practical examination. This is held on a date set by the course provider and must be taken within 14 days of a written examination. The practical examination is internally assessed by the course provider and externally moderated by NEBOSH.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBHSC course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

Page 188 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBHSD) Level 6 NEBOSH International Diploma in Occupational Safety & Health course

Course Aim: To provide a high level, Internationally recognised professional HSE qualification for professional HSE trainers, Managers and others, based on academic knowledge and understanding of safety and health matters, that can lead to Chartered Membership of the Institution of Occupational Safety & Health (CMIOSH).

Course Objectives To provide high level knowledge and understanding of occupational safety and health issues to existing qualified HSE training and safety professionals and managers who have high level responsibilities for the management of safety and health matters related to their organisation.

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Core Skills (Preparatory content)Element 1 – Part 1: Communication skillsElement 2 – Part 2: Training skillsUnit IA: International Management of Health & SafetyElement 1 – Principles of health and safety managementElement 2 – Loss causation and incident investigationElement 3 – Identifying hazards, assessing and evaluating riskElement 4 – Risk control and emergency planningElement 5 – Organisational factorsElement 6 – Human factorsElement 7 – Regulating health and safetyElement 8 – Measuring health and safety performanceUnit IB: International control of hazardous agents in the workplaceElement 1 – General aspects of occupational health and hygieneElement 2 – Principles of toxicology and epidemiologyElement 3 – Chemical agents – evaluating riskElement 4 – Hazardous substances – preventive and protective measuresElement 5 – Hazardous substances – monitoring and maintenance of control measuresElement 6 – Biological agentsElement 7 – Physical Agents 1 – noise and vibrationElement 8 – Physical Agents 2 – radiation and thermal environmentElement 9 – Psych-social agentsElement 10 – Ergonomic agentsUnit IC: International workplace and work equipment safetyElement 1 – General workplace issuesPage 189 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Element 2 – Principles of fire and explosionElement 3 – Workplace fire risk assessmentElement 4 – The storage, handling and processing of dangerous substancesElement 5 – Work equipmentElement 6 – Machinery safetyElement 7 – Mechanical handlingElement 8 – Electrical safetyElement 9 – Safety in construction and demolitionElement 10 – Environmental pollution and waste managementUnit ID: International application of health and safety theory and practice

Minimum Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Two hundred and forty one (241) taught hours + two hundred and thirty four (234) private study hours

Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) English ONLY

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NEBOSH Level 6Diploma in

Occupational Safety and Health

NEBHSD

PDO and Contractor HSE professionals seeking, or required by their professional Learning Ladder, to acquire a high level professional HSE qualification as part of their professional development.

Recommended

PDO Approved Level 2 HSE Trainers, Facilitators, Assessors, HSE Training Managers and HSE Training Assessment Managers, who do not hold an NVQ5 Diploma in OSH.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for NEBHSD training HSE Induction Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & Skills Contract HSE ManagementCoaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment NEBOSH Level 3 Certificate or NVQ Level 3,

in OSH, Construction Safety or Environmental Management

Safety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates)

Page 190 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) The preparatory content covers the core skills of communication and training that students will be need to complete all four qualification units and is not assessed separately by NEBOSH. Assessment of these core skills is incorporated across the syllabus as part of the written examinations (Units IA, IB & IC) and the written assignment (Unit ID). Core Skills should be presented as introductory content at the beginning of the program and internally assessed by the accredited centre in order to determine whether the student is adequately prepared to progress to the qualification units. Units IA-IC Units IA, IB and IC are each assessed by one three-hour examination. Candidate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH. Minimum pass rate is 45%Unit ID is assessed via a workplace-based written assignment of around 8,000 words. Assignments are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH.Minimum pass rate is 45%

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance

monitoringPR 2010 Part II – HSE Training Providers Approval Procedure

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

Page 191 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

This page left blank deliberately

Page 192 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBHW ) NEBOSH Certificate in Management of Health & Well-being at work course

Course Aim: Provide delegates with the basic knowledge and understanding required of an Occupational Health clinician or professional early in their OH career path, so they can carry out their OH role effectively within their organisation.

Course Objectives Promote clarity and understanding of:

The factors that may affect the physical and mental health of the work force, How the physical and mental health of the workforce may affect the workplace Recognition and management. Proactive Occupational Health activities to promote positive workplace health.

Essential NEBHW Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit 1Element 1 - Introduction to workplace health Element 2 - Effects of health on work Element 3 - Effects of work on health Element 4 - Management of attendance Element 5 - Management of mental health at work Element 6 - Management of people with musculoskeletal disorders Element 7- Workplace health promotion Element 8 - Workplace health support Unit 2Practical application of course syllabus in the workplace to produce a health review and report.

Min. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Eighteen (18) hours + Six (6) private study

Three (3) years Three (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic and English

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NEBOSH Certificate in Management of health and well being at work

NEBHW

PDO & PDO contractor Occupational Health and clinical staff whose role includes the management of occupational health.

Recommended

Page 193 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NEBHW training Safety Footwear HSE Induction Valid HSE passportHard Hat (Unit 2) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Safety Leadership for Supervisors

HSE Tools & Skills Coverall or working clothing

Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do)

Unit 1 is a taught unit assessed by one two-hour written examination. The written examination consists of ten ‘short-answer’ questions and one ‘long-answer’ question. All questions are compulsory. Candidate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH.

Unit 2 is assessed by one three-hour practical assessment undertaken within the candidate’s own workplace, to be taken within 14 days of the date of the Unit 1 written papers. The practical examination is internally assessed by the accredited course provider and externally moderated by NEBOSH.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

Page 194 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Examination Board in Occupational Safety & Health

(NEBTOGS) NEBOSH International Tech. Certificate in Oil and Gas Operational Safety course

Course Aim: Provide knowledge and specialist skills that enable professionals who work in the Oil and Gas and connected industries to fulfill the health and safety responsibilities that need to be carried out.

Course Objectives 1. Develop delegate understanding of the oil and gas industry’s principal operational safety issues

through the application of knowledge to familiar and unfamiliar situations. 2. Develop delegates to be able to identify the main hazards of, and suitable controls for, land and

marine transport in the oil and gas industriesEssential NEBTOGS Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Unit IOG1Element 1 - Health, safety and environmental management in context Element 2 - Hydrocarbon process safety IElement 3 - Hydrocarbon process safety IIElement 4 - Fire protection and emergency response Element 5 - Logistics and Transport Operations

Minimum Course Duration Min. Delegates Max. Delegates

Thirty four (34) tuition hours plus twenty (20) private study hours

Three (3) Twelve (16)

Delivery Language(s) English ONLY

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeNEBOSH International Technical Certificate in Oil & Gas Operational

Safety

NEBTOGS

PDO and PDO contractor staff who require or seek an Internationally recognised professional qualification associated with safety in the oil and gas industry.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for NEBTOGS training HSE Induction (IND) HSE Tools & Skills (HTS) Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response (IFR) ID / res. Card.Coaching, Mentoring & Perfromance Assessment Safety Leadership for Supervisors/ManagersUnderpinning knowledge of Oil and Gas safety issues or another NEBOSH qualification. Delegates should assure themselves their English fluency is at least equivalent to IELTS band 6 before applying to attend this course.

6Competent User

Has generally effective command of the language despite some inaccuracies, inappropriacies and misunderstandings. Can use and understand fairly complex language, particularly in familiar situations.

Page 195 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

NEBTOGS Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) The IOG1 Unit is a taught unit assessed by one two-hour written examination. The written examination consists of ten ‘short-answer’ questions and one ‘long-answer’ question. All questions are compulsory. Candidate scripts are marked by external examiners appointed by NEBOSH.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NEBTOGS course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications

Page 196 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ3LDA) NVQ Level 3 Award in Learning & Development Course Aim:

To confirm competence in role as a trainer/facilitator of learning and development in others. Course Objectives

Provide the base knowledge, understanding and skills of facilitating learning for inexperienced trainers, those who have training as part of their role and work-based assessors who coach others.

Essential NVQ3LDA Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Principles and practices of Learning and Development Unit2. Facilitate learning and development in groups Unit3. Assess vocational skills, knowledge and understanding Unit

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval None set Not Applicable

Delivery Language(s) Arabic and English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NVQ Level 3 Award in Learning &

DevelopmentNVQ3LDA

New or inexperienced Level 1 HSE trainers;

Compulsory

PDO and Contractor Supervisory staff who are required to carry out ‘core’ HSE assessments in the work-place, who coach others to learn and develop and who seek a practitioner qualification as part of their professional development.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for training (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Current, valid HSE passport(IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / residency card(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment (SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors / Managers (as per role)

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined and controlled by the specific NVQ Awarding body.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

Page 197 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

This page left blank deliberately

Page 198 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ3LDC) NVQ Level 3 Certificate in Learning & Development Course Aim:

To confirm competence in role as a trainer/facilitator and to the standards required, to assure quality of training delivery at Level 1.

Course Objectives In addition to the units that make up the Level 3 Award in Facilitating Learning andDevelopment, provide delegates with knowledge about learning needs analysis, working with both groups and individuals, planning learning and development sessions and resources, assessing learners, providing information and advice to learners and employers, supporting learners through the learning and development process and engaging with employers.

Essential NVQ3LDC Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Identify individual learning & development needs2. Facilitate learning & development in individuals3. Engage learners in the learning & development process4. Reflect on and improve own practice in learning & development5. Understanding the principles and practices of assessment

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

None specified Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic and English

Course Title Course Code Target Population TypeNVQ Level 3

Certificate in Learning & Development

NVQ3LDC All PDO Level 1 Approved HSE trainers Compulsory

Pre-requisites for NVQ3LDC training (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) NVQ3LDA Current, valid HSE passport(IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / residency card(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment (SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors / Managers (as per role)

Page 199 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

NVQ3LDC Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined and controlled by the specific NVQ Awarding body.There are no formal examinations. Observation evidence, by a nominated NVQ assessor, of the candidate’s practitioner skills being applied in the candidate’s own workplace. Documentary evidence portfolio (which may be in Arabic and translated to English) providing a totality of evidence of skills application which is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient to meet the requirements of each Unit in the award, as determined by the nominated assessor.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

Page 200 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ3OSH) NVQ Level 3 in Occupational Safety & Health Course Aim:

To provide an intermediate level, Internationally recognised professional HSE practitioner qualification based on demonstrated workplace practice and achievement, rather than formal academic examination.

Course Objectives To provide structured opportunities for those requiring professional HSE qualifications and development to demonstrate their HSE knowledge, understanding and skills are at an intermediate professional level through observed workplace practice and documented evidence of achievement.

Essential NVQ3OSH Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Mandatory Units:Unit HSS1 – Make sure your own actions reduce risks to health and safetyUnit HSS2 – Develop procedures to safely control work operationsUnit HSS3 – Monitor procedures to safely control work operationsUnit HSS4 – Promote a health and safety culture in the workplaceUnit HSS5 – Conduct a health and safety risk assessment of a workplaceUnit HSS6 – Investigate and evaluate health and safety incidents and complaints in the workplaceOptional Units:Unit HSS5 - Investigate and evaluate health and safety incidents and complaints in the workplaceUnit HSS7 – Make sure your own actions within the workplace aim to protect the environmentUnit HSS8 – Review health and safety procedures in workplacesUnit HSS9 – Supervise the health, safety and welfare of a learner in the workplace

Course Duration Min. Delegates Max. delegates

No specified time limits Three (3) Sixteen (16)

Delivery Language(s) Arabic and English

Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NVQ Level 3 Occupational Safety &

HealthNVQ3OSH

PDO Approved HSE Trainers who do not hold the NEBOSH International Certificate in OSH.

Compulsory

PDO and PDO contractor staff whose HSE Learning Ladder includes the course as part of their structured professional development, or who seek a formal HSE practitioner qualification.

Recommended

Page 201 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NVQ3OSH training Safety Footwear & Hard Hat (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Eye protection & GP gloves (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills (IOSHM) IOSH Managing Safely

In an HSE supporting role Contract HSE Management

(SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors/Managers (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

NVQ3OSH Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. There are no formal examinations. 2. Observation evidence, by a nominated NVQ assessor, of the candidate’s practitioner skills being

applied in the candidate’s own workplace. 3. Documentary evidence portfolio (which may be in Arabic and translated to English) providing a

totality of evidence of skills application which is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient to meet the requirements of each Unit in the award, as determined by the nominated assessor.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NVQ3OSH course:CP 122 – HSE Management SystemPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training Selection and compliance monitoring

PR 2010 Part II – HSE Training Providers Approval Procedure

SP 1157 – HSE Training Specifications GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 202 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ3VAA) NVQ Level 3 Vocational Assessor Award Course Aim:

To assess a learning and development practitioner’s knowledge and understanding of the principles and practices of assessment, and their performance in carrying out the assessment of vocational skills, knowledge and understanding.

Course Objectives Preparing a delegate to specifically conduct vocational assessments, with particular reference to the ‘Core HSE Assessment system in use by PDO.

Essential NVQ3VAA Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

Understanding the principles and practices of vocational assessment UnitElement 1 – The principles and requirements of assessmentElement 2 – Different types of assessment methodElement 3 – How to plan assessmentElement 4 – How to involve learners and others in assessmentElement 5 – Quality assurance of assessmentElement 6 – How to manage information relating to assessmentAssess occupational competence in the work environment UnitAssess vocational skills, knowledge and understanding UnitElement 1 – The responsibilities of the organisation is assessing vocational skills, knowledge and understandingElement 2 – Communication skills needed in assessing vocational skills, knowledge and understandingElement 3 – Making assessment judgmentsElement 4 – Recording assessment decisions and providing feedbackElement 5 – Action planning for future development

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

None specified Not applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NVQ Level 3Vocational Assessor Award

NVQ3VAA

Training staff, required to conduct vocational assessments, who do not hold a formal assessor qualification.

Compulsory

All workplace supervisors required to coach and assess the ‘Core’ HSE performance of others in the workplace.

Recommended

Pre-requisites for NVQ3VAA training Page 203 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Current, valid HSE passport

Hard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response Current, valid ID / res. Card.

Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills

Eye protection (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment

GP gloves (SLS) Safety Leadership for Supervisors

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined and controlled by the specific NVQ Awarding body.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment systemSP 1157 HSE Training Specification

Page 204 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ4LDD) NVQ Level 4 Diploma in Learning & Development Course Aim:

To raise the knowledge understanding and skills of experienced trainers and facilitators so they may enhance their professional value and contribution and assure training delivery quality.

Course Objectives To provide delegates with knowledge and understanding of some higher level elements of Learning and Development to maximise their effectiveness and flexibility as trainers and facilitators.

Essential NVQ4LDD Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

In addition to those units specified for the NVQ3LDA and NVQ3LDC (which all count as credits towards the Diploma), units to be completed for the NVQ4LDD are:

Work productively with colleagues and stakeholders Plan, allocate and monitor work in own area of responsibility Set objectives and provide support for team members Developing collaborative relationships with other organisations

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

No time limit specified Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NVQ Level 4Diploma in Learning &

DevelopmentNVQ4LDD

Experienced Level 1 trainers/facilitators and assessors, who are required to raise their professional Learning & Development qualifications in order to acquire Level 2 Approval, or HSE Training or HSE Training Assessment Managers.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for NVQ4LDD training Safety Footwear & Hard hat (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passportEye protection & GP gloves (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills NVQ3LDA (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment NVQ3LDC(SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates)

Page 205 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

NVQ4LDD Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined and controlled by the specific NVQ Awarding body.There are no formal examinations. Observation evidence, by a nominated NVQ assessor, of the candidate’s practitioner skills being applied in the candidate’s own workplace. Documentary evidence portfolio (which may be in Arabic and translated to English) providing a totality of evidence of skills application which is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient to meet the requirements of each Unit in the award, as determined by the nominated assessor.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NVQ4LDD course:PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification

Page 206 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ4VAC) NVQ Level 4 Vocational Assessor Certificate courseCourse Aim:

To provide a professional qualification in assessment and quality assurance for those engaged in, or intended to be in, these roles within their organisation.

Course Objectives Develop and improve assessment and QA practitioners in role through:1. Understanding the principles and practices of internally assuring the quality of assessment2. Internally assuring the quality of assessment3. Planning, allocating and monitoring work in own area of responsibility

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. Performance criteria – what are they; components of; how they are used to measure performance.

2. Acceptable evidence types – Current, Authentic, Relevant, Sufficient.3. Observation evidence.4. Documentary evidence types – learner statements; witness evidence; oral and written questions;

assignments; projects; case studies; recognising prior learning.5. Recording assessments and outcomes.6. Planning, conducting and recording assessment verification.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

None specified Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

Arabic and English Course

TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

NVQ Level 4Vocational Assessor

Certificate

NVQ4VAC

PDO staff whose role includes quality assurance of assessments and who do not hold a Level 4 Diploma in Learning and Development;

All HSE Training Assessment Managers in PDO Approved Training Institutes who do not hold Level 4 Diploma in Learning and Development

Compulsory

PDO & Contractor supervisors and managers involved with quality assurance of assessments conducted in the workplace;PDO Approved HSE Training Managers

Recommended

Page 207 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for training Safety Footwear & Hard hat (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passport

Coverall or working clothing (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.

Sector competence for topics or activities whose assessments are being quality assured.

(HTS) HSE Tools & Skills NVQ3VAA

(CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance Assessment.

(SLS or SLM) Safety Leadership for Supervisors / Managers (as dictated by role)

Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) Assessment criteria and methods as prescribed by the Awarding Body.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to this course:CP 122 – HSE Management system PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 208 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:National Vocational Qualification

(NVQ5HSD) NVQ Level 5 Diploma in occupational health & safety Course Aim:

To provide a high level, Internationally recognised professional HSE practitioner qualification based on demonstrated workplace practice and achievement, that can lead to Chartered Membership of the Institution of Occupational Safety & Health (CMIOSH).

Course Objectives To provide delegates with the opportunity to provide assessed and verifiable evidence of their practice in applying some of the higher level elements of Occupational Safety & Health, in order to maximise their effectiveness and flexibility as HSE trainers, facilitators, assessors or managers.

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

HSP1 comprising:Unit H2 - Promote a positive health & safety cultureUnit H3 - Develop & implement the health & safety policyUnit H4 - Develop & implement effective communication systems for H&S informationUnit H5 - Develop & maintain individual & organisational competence in H&S mattersUnit H6 - Identify & evaluate health & safety hazardsUnit H7 - Assess health & safety risksUnit H8 - Determine & implement health & safety risk control measuresUnit H9 - Develop & & active monitoring systems for health & safetyUnit H10 -Develop & implement reactive monitoring systems for health & safetyUnit H11 -Develop & implement health & safety emergency response systems & proceduresUnit H12 -Develop & implement health & safety review systemsUnit H13 -Develop & implement health & safety audit systemsHSP2 which requires additional Level 5 evidence in the same topic areas over Level 4.

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

None specified Not Applicable Three (3) Sixteen (16)Delivery Language(s)

English Course Title Course Code Target Population Type

NVQ Level 5Diploma in

Occupational Health & Safety

NVQ5HSD

Level 2 HSE Trainers, Facilitators & Assessors, HSE Training Managers & HSE Training Assessment Managers who do not hold a NEBOSH Diploma in OSH, wishing to be Approved by PDO.

Compulsory

Page 209 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Pre-requisites for NVQ5HSD training Safety Footwear (IND) HSE Induction + (INDP) Valid HSE passportHard hat (IFR) Initial Fire Response ID / res. Card.Coverall or working clothing (HTS) HSE Tools & Skills Contract HSE ManagementEye protection (CMC) Coaching, Mentoring & Performance AssessmentGP gloves (SLS) Safety Leadership for SupervisorsNEBOSH International Certificate or NVQ3OSH or NVQ4OSH

NVQ5HSD Assessment Performance criteria (MUST be able to do) As determined and controlled by the specific NVQ Awarding body.There are no formal examinations. Observation evidence, by a nominated NVQ assessor, of the candidate’s practitioner skills being applied in the candidate’s own workplace. Documentary evidence portfolio (which may be in Arabic and translated to English) providing a totality of evidence of skills application which is current, appropriate, relevant and sufficient to meet the requirements of each Unit in the award, as determined by the nominated assessor.

PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the NVQ5HSD course:CP 122 – HSE Management System SP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationPR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

PR 2010 Part II – HSE Training Provider Approvals

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

Page 210 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Course Title:

(TPB) Tripod Beta Practitioner

Course Aim: Provide delegates with the knowledge and understanding of incident analysis, human behaviour, the Tripod Beta approach and software so that they can, as Tripod Beta practitioners, establish underlying causes of incidents and accidents and the systemic failures that need to be addressed to avoid recurrence.

Course Objectives Promote a deeper understanding in delegates of human behaviour and the need to identify underlying causes at management system level so that Tripod Beta software can be used by them as an effective tool to assist in the investigation of incidents and accidents.

Essential Course components (MUST HAVE topic areas)

1. HSE Management Systems and elements within them2. Risk Identification and Management3. Continuous improvement loop4. Incident investigation teams – planning, preparation and implementation5. First stage evidence gathering and review.6. Refining evidence gathering7. Interview technique8. Recording evidence9. Using the Tripod Beta software to enhance the investigation process10. Using the Tripod Beta software to enhance the analytical process11. Tripod Beta Analysis trees12. Tripod Beta reports

Max. Course Duration Max. re-certification interval Min. Delegates Max. delegates

Twenty four (24) taught hours

Evidence required within 12 months for Practitioner

certificationThree (3) Twelve (12)

Delivery Language(s) English ONLY

Course TitleCourse Code

Target Population Type

Tripod Beta Practitioner

TBP

PDO and Contractor supervisory and management staff who may be called upon to be a member of an incident or accident investigation team as a Tripod Beta Practitioner.

Compulsory

Pre-requisites for TBP training Page 211 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

HSE Induction Incident Investigation Valid HSE passportInitial Fire Response Contract HSE Management ID / res. Card.HSE Tools & SkillsCoaching, Mentoring & Perfromance AssessmentSafety Leadership for Supervisors or Managers (as role dictates)

TBP Assessment performance criteria (MUST be able to do) 1. Assessment criteria pre-set by Training Provider, plus2. Stichting Tripod Foundation pre-defined criteria through:3. Formal examination 4. Submission of incident investigations using the Tripod beta software, within 12 months of

training. PDO HSE-MS documents that relate to the TBP course:

CP 122 – HSE Management System PR 1173 – Incident reporting, investigation and follow up.

PR 2010 Part I – HSE Training selection and compliance monitoring

GU 673 – ‘Core’ HSE Assessment system

SP 1157 HSE Training Specification PR 1418 – Incident notification , reporting and follow-up Part 1

GU 253 – Incident investigation, reporting and follow up

GU 371 – Incident notification, reporting and follow up

Page 212 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Appendix H – Technical References relating to Courses and Assessments in SP 1157

Table A1 – Company Reference documentsDocument Ref

NO.Title

CP 122 HSE Management SystemGU 195 Environment Assessment GuideGU 253 Incident investigation, reporting & follow upGU 273 PTW Job Safety PlansGU 288 Emergency Response Document Part IV - GuidelinesGU 371 Incident notification, reporting & follow upGU 384 Managing produced water disposalGU 386 Managing emissions to atmosphereGU 387 Managing exploration in the Oryx reserveGU 388 Managing the Issue of Exploration in the Oryx Reserve

GU 391 Managing the Issue of Izki Groundwater Contamination

GU 392 Managing PDO water extraction at AL KhoudhGU 393 Managing effects of Yibal compactionGU 447 Integrated impact assessment guidelinesGU 501 Guidelines for excavating around live pipelinesGU 559 Stakeholder Engagement Framework Guideline

GU 572 Community grievance management

GU 612 Guidelines - Incident Investigation & reportingGU 624 Permit to work licensingGU 632 Water management control frameworkGU 634 Sampling of sewage for sewage treatment plantGU 643 Green IT strategy

GU 668 Asset Integrity-Process Safety Element GuidesGU 673 Core HSE Assessment systemPR 1001a Facilities change procedurePR 1001c Temporary over-ride of safeguarding systemsPR 1001e Operations procedure temporary variancePR 1002 Engineering & Operations excavation certificate procedurePR 1065 Part II Emergency Response documents - Company ProcedurePR 1076 Isolation of process equipmentPR 1078 Hydrogen Sulphide Management

Page 213 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

PR 1081 The 'Buddy' system procedurePR 1084 Leak/spill Management, site clean-up & restorationPR 1148 Entry into a confined spacePR 1154 Gas Testing ProcedurePR 1171 Part II Contract HSE ManagementPR 1172 Permit to work proceduresPR 1173 Incident Reporting, investigation & follow upPR 1242 Activities in the vicinity of overhead power linesPR 1418 Incident notification, reporting & follow up procedure Part IPR 1418b Incident notification, reporting & follow up procedure Part IIPR 1418c Incident notification, reporting & follow up procedure Part IIIPR 1419 Abandonment & Restoration procedurePR 1515 Onsite mercury managementPR 1709 Lifting & Hoisting procedure Lift Planning executionPR 2010 Part I HSE Training selection and compliance monitoringPR 2010 Part II HSE Training Service Provision - Approval of Training ProvidersSP 1005 Emission to AtmosphereSP 1006 Aqueous effluentsSP 1007 Emissions to AtmosphereSP 1008 Use of Energy, materials and resourcesSP 1009 Waste managementSP 1009 Waste Management

SP 1010 Environmental noise & vibrationSP 1011 Flora and fauna protectionSP 1012 Land managementSP 1013 Environmental permittingSP 1080 Contract HSE RequirementsSP 1104 Electrical safetySP 1108 22 Electrical Safety operating proceduresSP 1157 HSE Training SpecificationsSP 1170 Naturally occurring radioactive proceduresSP 1190 Design of sour service specificationSP 1193 Medical facilities & assessmentSP 1194 Chemical ManagementSP 1194 Chemical ManagementSP 1219 Well engineering hydrogen sulphide specificationSP 1225 Environmental ManagementSP 1230 Medical examination, treatment & facilitiesSP 1231 Occupational Health

Page 214 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

SP 1232 Public HealthSP 1234 Personal Protective EquipmentSP 1237 Ionising radiationSP 1242 Electrical safety in the vicinity of overhead power linesSP 1251 Training requirement for Lifting Operations personnelSP 1256 Workshop safety (welding etc)SP 1257 Scaffolding, working at heights or over water, lifting operations & earthworksSP 1259 Safety Training Observation ProgramSP 2000 Road TransportSP 2001 Load safety restraintsSP 2087 Specification for onsite mercury management

Page 215 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Table A2 – Publicly Available Reference documents Standard, Decree or Regulation (Current)

Year of publication

Title

British Standard BS 1139 - 1.2 1990Metal scaffolding. Tubes. Specification for aluminium tubes.

British Standard BS 1139 -6 2005

Metal scaffolding. Specification for prefabricated tower scaffolds outside the scope of BS EN 1004, but utilizing components from such systems

British Standard BS 1139-2.2 2009

Metal scaffolding. Couplers. Aluminium couplers and special couplers in steel. Requirements and test methods

British Standard BS 1139-4 1982 Specification for steel splitheads and trestlesBritish Standard BS 2482 2009 Specification for Timber scaffold boards

British Standard BS 5973 1993Code of Practice for access and working scaffolds and special scaffold structures in steel

British Standard BS 6651 1999 Protection of structures against lightning

British Standard European Norm BS EN 1004 2004

Mobile access and working towers made of prefabricated elements. Materials, dimensions, design loads, safety and performance requirements

British Standard European Norm BS EN 12811-1 2003

Code of Practice for access and working scaffolds and special scaffold structures in steel

British Standard European Norm BS EN 1808 + A1 1999 / 2010

Safety requirements on suspended access equipment. Design calculations, stability criteria, construction. Tests

British Standard European Norm BS EN 39 2001

Loose steel tubes for tube and coupler scaffolds. Technical delivery conditions

British Standard European Norm BS EN 62305 2006 Protection of structures against lightningOmani Ministerial Decision 118 2004 Air pollution control from stationary sourcesOmani Ministerial Decision 145 1993 Wastewater reuse and dischargeOmani Ministerial Decision 18 1993 Management of hazardous wasteOmani Ministerial Decision 18 1993 Wastewater reuse and dischargeOmani Ministerial Decision 187 2001

Organising the issuance of environmental approvals and final environmental permit

Omani Ministerial Decision 192 2000

Determination of the Dhahira region water supply well-field protection zones

Omani Ministerial Decision 281 2003

Regulations for the control and management of radioactive materials

Page 216 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Omani Ministerial Decision 37 2001 Control and management of ozone depleting substanceOmani Ministerial Decision 80 1994 Noise pollution control in the working environment

Omani Royal Decree 114 2001Conservation of the Environment and prevention of pollution

Omani Royal Decree 115 2001 Protection of sources of potable water from pollutionOmani Royal Decree 34 1973 Oman Labour Law, Chapter 7Omani Royal Decree 46 1995 Law of handling & use of chemicals

Page 217 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.

Petroleum Development Oman LLC Revision: 1.1 Effective: June 2012

Page 218 of 218

SP 1157 HSE Training Specifications Printed 21/01/12

The controlled version of this CMF Document resides online in Livelink®. Printed copies are UNCONTROLLED.